ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment V200R003C00
Hardware Description Issue
01
Date
2013-10-31
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:
Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
[email protected]
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
About This Document
About This Document Related Version The following table lists the product version related to this document. Product Name
Version
l ATN 910
V200R003C00
l ATN 910I l ATN 910B l ATN 950B
Intended Audience This document describes the equipment structure, chassis structure, and board classification. This document also describes each board of these classes in details. This document helps you get the detailed information about the equipment hardware. This document is intended for: l
Network planning engineers
l
Hardware installation engineers
l
System maintenance engineers
Symbol Conventions Symbol
Description Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Symbol
About This Document
Description Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance deterioration, or unanticipated results. NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal injury. Calls attention to important information, best practices and tips. NOTE is used to address information not related to personal injury, equipment damage, and environment deterioration.
Command Conventions Convention
Description
Boldface
The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic
Command arguments are in italics.
[]
Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... }
Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ]
Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }*
Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]*
Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Convention
Description
Boldface
Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
About This Document
Convention
Description
>
Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Change History Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all updates made in previous issues.
Changes in Issue 01 (2013-10-31) This document is the first release of the V200R003C00 version.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 ATN 910 Chassis............................................................................................................................1 1.1 Appearance.....................................................................................................................................................................2 1.2 Slot Distribution.............................................................................................................................................................2 1.3 Installation Information..................................................................................................................................................3 1.4 Heat Dissipation.............................................................................................................................................................7 1.5 Safety Labels..................................................................................................................................................................8
2 ATN 910I Chassis........................................................................................................................10 2.1 Appearance...................................................................................................................................................................11 2.2 Functions and Features.................................................................................................................................................12 2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow.............................................................................................................................14 2.4 Panel.............................................................................................................................................................................16 2.5 Installation Information................................................................................................................................................22 2.6 Heat Dissipation...........................................................................................................................................................23 2.7 Safety Labels................................................................................................................................................................23
3 ATN 910B Chassis.......................................................................................................................26 3.1 Appearance...................................................................................................................................................................27 3.2 Functions and Features.................................................................................................................................................27 3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow.............................................................................................................................29 3.4 Panel.............................................................................................................................................................................30 3.5 Installation Information................................................................................................................................................36 3.6 Heat Dissipation...........................................................................................................................................................37 3.7 Safety Labels................................................................................................................................................................37
4 ATN 950B Chassis.......................................................................................................................39 4.1 Appearance...................................................................................................................................................................40 4.2 Slot Distribution...........................................................................................................................................................40 4.3 Installation Information................................................................................................................................................42 4.4 Heat Dissipation...........................................................................................................................................................46 4.5 Safety Labels................................................................................................................................................................47
5 ATN 910 Boards...........................................................................................................................49 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
5.1 Board Overview............................................................................................................................................................51 5.2 Board Type and Application.........................................................................................................................................53 5.2.1 Board Type................................................................................................................................................................53 5.2.2 Ethernet Service Interface Board...............................................................................................................................56 5.2.3 E1 Service Interface Board........................................................................................................................................56 5.2.4 xDSL Service Interface Board...................................................................................................................................59 5.3 ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit..................................60 5.3.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................60 5.3.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................65 5.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow..........................................................................................................................67 5.3.4 CF Card and DIP Switch...........................................................................................................................................69 5.3.5 Technical Specifications ...........................................................................................................................................70 5.4 AND1EG4T - 4 Channels FE/GE Adaptive Electronic Interface Board.....................................................................73 5.4.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................73 5.4.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................75 5.4.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow..........................................................................................................................76 5.4.4 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................................77 5.5 AND1EF8T - 8 Channels Fast Ethernet Electric Interface Board................................................................................78 5.5.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................78 5.5.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................79 5.5.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow..........................................................................................................................80 5.5.4 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................................81 5.6 AND1EG2 - 2 Channels GE Optical Interface Board..................................................................................................82 5.6.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................82 5.6.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................83 5.6.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow..........................................................................................................................84 5.6.4 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................................85 5.7 AND1EG4F - 4 Channels FE/GE Adaptive Optical Interface Board..........................................................................86 5.7.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................86 5.7.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................87 5.7.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow..........................................................................................................................88 5.7.4 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................................90 5.8 AND1EF8F - 8 Channels Fast Ethernet Optical Interface Board.................................................................................92 5.8.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................92 5.8.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................93 5.8.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow..........................................................................................................................94 5.8.4 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................................95 5.9 AND1ML1/AND1ML1A - 16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board......................................................................96 5.9.1 Front Panel.................................................................................................................................................................96 5.9.2 Functions and Features..............................................................................................................................................98 5.9.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................100 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vi
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
5.9.4 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................................102 5.10 AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B - 16 Channels E1 Interface Board................................................................................102 5.10.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................103 5.10.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................105 5.10.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................106 5.10.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................108 5.11 AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B - 32 Channels E1 Interface Board...............................................................................109 5.11.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................109 5.11.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................112 5.11.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................113 5.11.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................115 5.12 AND1MO1C - 8 Channels T1 Interface Board .......................................................................................................116 5.12.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................116 5.12.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................117 5.12.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................118 5.12.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................120 5.13 AND1AVD8A - 8 Channels ADSL2+ Service Interface Board..............................................................................121 5.13.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................121 5.13.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................122 5.13.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................123 5.13.4 Technical Specifications .......................................................................................................................................125 5.14 AND1AVD8B - 8 Channels VDSL2 Service Interface Board.................................................................................125 5.14.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................125 5.14.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................127 5.14.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................127 5.14.4 Technical Specifications .......................................................................................................................................129 5.15 AND1SHD4 - 4 Channels G.SHDSL Service Interface Board ...............................................................................130 5.15.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................130 5.15.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................131 5.15.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................132 5.15.4 Technical Specifications .......................................................................................................................................133 5.16 AND1SHD4I - 4 Channels G.SHDSL Interface Board for IMA Mode ..................................................................133 5.16.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................133 5.16.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................135 5.16.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................135 5.16.4 Technical Specifications .......................................................................................................................................138 5.17 TNC1PIU - Power Interface Board..........................................................................................................................138 5.17.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................138 5.17.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................139 5.17.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................140 5.17.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................141 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
5.18 ANC1FAN - Fan Board............................................................................................................................................141 5.18.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................141 5.18.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................142 5.18.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................142 5.18.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................143 5.19 Filler Panel................................................................................................................................................................144 5.19.1 Appearance and Valid Slots..................................................................................................................................144 5.19.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................144
6 ATN 910I Boards........................................................................................................................146 7 ATN 910B Boards.......................................................................................................................147 8 ATN 950B Boards.......................................................................................................................148 8.1 Board Overview..........................................................................................................................................................150 8.2 Board Type and Application.......................................................................................................................................152 8.2.1 Board Type..............................................................................................................................................................152 8.2.2 Ethernet Service Interface Board.............................................................................................................................154 8.2.3 E1 Service Interface Board......................................................................................................................................155 8.2.4 STM-1 Service Interface Board...............................................................................................................................157 8.3 AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit..............................158 8.3.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................159 8.3.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................162 8.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................163 8.3.4 CF Card and DIP Switch.........................................................................................................................................165 8.3.5 Technical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................166 8.4 AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit........167 8.4.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................167 8.4.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................171 8.4.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................172 8.4.4 DIP Switch...............................................................................................................................................................174 8.4.5 Technical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................174 8.5 AND1EM4T - 4 Channels GE/FE Electrical Interface Board ...................................................................................175 8.5.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................175 8.5.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................176 8.5.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................177 8.5.4 Technical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................179 8.6 AND1EM8T - 8 Channels GE/FE Electric Interface Board .....................................................................................179 8.6.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................179 8.6.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................181 8.6.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................181 8.6.4 Technical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................183 8.7 AND1EM4F - 4 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board ......................................................................................184 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
viii
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
8.7.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................184 8.7.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................185 8.7.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................186 8.7.4 Technical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................188 8.8 AND1EM4C: 4 Channels GE/FE Combo Board.......................................................................................................189 8.8.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................190 8.8.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................191 8.8.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................192 8.8.4 Technical Specifications and Standards Compliance..............................................................................................194 8.9 AND1EM8F - 8 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board ......................................................................................196 8.9.1 Front Panel...............................................................................................................................................................196 8.9.2 Functions and Features............................................................................................................................................197 8.9.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................................198 8.9.4 Technical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................200 8.10 AND1EX1 - 1 Channel 10 GE Optical Interface Board...........................................................................................202 8.10.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................202 8.10.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................203 8.10.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................203 8.10.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................205 8.11 AND2CQ1B - 4 Channels Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS Optical Interface Board..........................................206 8.11.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................207 8.11.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................208 8.11.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................209 8.11.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................212 8.12 AND2PQ1: 4 Channels OC-3/STM-1 POS Optical Interface Board.......................................................................212 8.12.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................212 8.12.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................213 8.12.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................214 8.12.4 Technical Specifications and Standards Compliance............................................................................................215 8.13 AND1ML1/AND1ML1A - 16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board..................................................................216 8.13.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................216 8.13.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................219 8.13.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................220 8.13.4 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................................222 8.14 AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B - 16 Channels E1 Interface Board................................................................................223 8.14.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................223 8.14.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................225 8.14.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................227 8.14.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................229 8.15 AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B - 32 Channels E1 Interface Board...............................................................................230 8.15.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................230 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ix
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
8.15.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................232 8.15.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................234 8.15.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................236 8.16 TND1PIU - Power Interface Board..........................................................................................................................236 8.16.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................237 8.16.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................238 8.16.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................238 8.16.4 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................................239 8.17 AND1FAN - Fan Board...........................................................................................................................................240 8.17.1 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................240 8.17.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................241 8.17.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................241 8.17.4 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................................243 8.18 Filler Panel................................................................................................................................................................243 8.18.1 Appearance and Valid Slots..................................................................................................................................243 8.18.2 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................244
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules.................................................................................245 9.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................................246 9.2 FE Optical Module.....................................................................................................................................................248 9.3 GE Optical Module.....................................................................................................................................................250 9.4 10GE Optical Module.................................................................................................................................................255 9.5 Electrical Module.......................................................................................................................................................257
10 Cables.........................................................................................................................................259 10.1 Power Supply Cables and Ground Cables................................................................................................................260 10.1.1 -48 V Power Supply Cable....................................................................................................................................260 10.1.2 Power Cable...........................................................................................................................................................261 10.1.3 PGND Cables........................................................................................................................................................262 10.2 Management Cables.................................................................................................................................................263 10.3 Alarm Input/Output Cables......................................................................................................................................264 10.4 Clock Cables.............................................................................................................................................................265 10.4.1 External Clock Cables...........................................................................................................................................265 10.4.2 Clock Bridging Cable............................................................................................................................................267 10.5 Service Cables..........................................................................................................................................................269 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables......................................................................................................................................................269 10.5.2 75-Ohm 8 x E1 Cables...........................................................................................................................................273 10.5.3 120-Ohm 8 x E1 Cables.........................................................................................................................................274 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables.........................................................................................................................................277 10.5.5 120-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables.......................................................................................................................................280 10.5.6 xDSL Cables..........................................................................................................................................................283 10.6 Optical Fibers...........................................................................................................................................................285 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
x
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Contents
11 Equipment Support.................................................................................................................287 11.1 Cabinet Support........................................................................................................................................................288 11.1.1 APM30H Outdoor Cabinet....................................................................................................................................288 11.1.2 IMB Network Cabinet...........................................................................................................................................289 11.1.3 19-inch Open Rack................................................................................................................................................291 11.1.4 N63E Cabinet........................................................................................................................................................292 11.2 Power Distribution Equipment.................................................................................................................................293 11.2.1 Power Distribution.................................................................................................................................................293 11.2.2 EPS30-4815AF Power System..............................................................................................................................294 11.2.3 27S48D Power System..........................................................................................................................................299 11.2.4 HW-100-48AC14D-1 Power System....................................................................................................................301 11.2.5 Lead-Acid Battery.................................................................................................................................................302 11.3 Heater........................................................................................................................................................................303
12 Quick Reference.......................................................................................................................305 12.1 Indicators..................................................................................................................................................................306 12.2 Dimensions and Weight............................................................................................................................................314 12.3 Power Consumption.................................................................................................................................................317 12.4 Interface Specifications............................................................................................................................................320 12.4.1 Specifications of STM-1 Optical Interfaces..........................................................................................................320 12.4.2 Specifications of FE Optical Interfaces.................................................................................................................322 12.4.3 Specifications of GE Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................324 12.4.4 Specifications of 10GE Optical Interfaces............................................................................................................329 12.4.5 Specifications of GE and FE Electrical Interfaces................................................................................................331 12.4.6 Specifications of E1 Electrical Interfaces..............................................................................................................331 12.4.7 Specifications of T1 Electrical Interfaces..............................................................................................................332 12.4.8 Specifications of the ADSL2+ Interface...............................................................................................................332 12.4.9 Specifications of the VDSL2 Interface..................................................................................................................332 12.4.10 Specifications of the G.SHDSL Interface............................................................................................................333
A Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................334
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xi
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
1
ATN 910 Chassis
About This Chapter The ATN 910 uses the chassis of 1 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm) and supports multiple installation modes, which facilitates flexible deployment. The ATN 910 can be flexibly deployed with high reliability and scalability. It has the following features: l
One power board provides two –48 V or –60 V DC power inputs, ensuring redundancy backup of input power.
l
The fan board provides three fans, ensuring proper heat dissipation even when a fan is faulty.
l
Two slots can be flexibly configured with service boards.
1.1 Appearance The ATN 910 provides 6 slots and all boards are swappable. The ATN 910 provides six slots and all boards are swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. 1.2 Slot Distribution This section describes slot distribution on the ATN 910. 1.3 Installation Information ATN 910 provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 910 can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. 1.4 Heat Dissipation ATN 910 dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. 1.5 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
1.1 Appearance The ATN 910 provides 6 slots and all boards are swappable. The ATN 910 provides six slots and all boards are swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. Figure 1-1 shows the appearance of the ATN 910 that has boards fully configured. Figure 1-1 Appearance of the ATN 910 that has boards fully configured
Figure 1-2 shows the appearance of the ATN 910 that does not have boards fully configured. Figure 1-2 Appearance of the ATN 910 that does not have boards fully configured
1.2 Slot Distribution This section describes slot distribution on the ATN 910. Figure 1-3 shows the slot distribution on the ATN 910. Figure 1-3 Slot distribution on the ATN 910 SLOT SLOT 6 5
SLOT 3 (2 x GE)
SLOT 4 (2 x GE)
SLOT 1 and SLOT 2
Table 1-1 describes priorities of slots where boards supported by the ATN 910 can be inserted. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Table 1-1 Priorities of available slots Name
Valid Slot
Priorities of Slots (in Descending Order)
ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL
slot 1 and slot 2
-
AND1EF8T/AND1EF8F
slot 3 or slot 4
slot 3 - slot 4
slot 3 or slot 4
slot 4 - slot 3
AND1MO1C
slot 3 or slot 4
slot 3 - slot 4
AND1AVD8A/ AND1AVD8B
slot 3 or slot 4
slot 3 - slot 4
TNC1PIU
slot 5
-
ANC1FAN
slot 6
-
AND1EG2 AND1EG4F AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B
AND1SHD4/AND1SHD4I
Note: The ANC2CXPI or ANC2CXPL each house two slots. Slot 1 and slot 2 house one ANC2CXPI or ANC2CXPL.
1.3 Installation Information ATN 910 provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 910 can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. As shown in Table 1-2, ATN 910 supports various mounting ears and can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. Table 1-2 Requirements on the cabinet and mounting ears Mounting Ear
Applicable Cabinet Standard
Applicable Huawei Cabinet
Remarks
IEC60297
N66E
The mounting ears are delivered with the device.
N68E N610E 19-inch open rack IMB network cabinet APM30H outdoor cabinet Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Mounting Ear
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Applicable Cabinet Standard
Applicable Huawei Cabinet
Remarks
ETSI300-119
N63E
The mounting ears are rack-mounting ears that are installed on the mounting ears delivered with the device.
N66T
IEC60297 (23inch)
-
The mounting ears are for a 23-inch cabinet and are used to substitute for the mounting ears delivered with the device when the device needs to be installed in a 23inch cabinet.
ATN 910 provides three installation positions for mounting ears. Users can determine an installation position for mounting ears based on the depth of the cabinet. Figure 1-4 shows the installation positions of mounting ears. Position 1 shows a pair of mounting ears delivered with ATN 910. Figure 1-4 Installation positions of mounting ears
Already installed mounting ears
Position 3 for installing the mounting ears
Position 1 for installing the mounting ears Position 2 for installing the mounting ears
Determine an installation position for mounting ears based on the cabinet depth. The following figures show the installation dimensions when mounting ears are installed in different positions.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Figure 1-5 Determine an installation position for mounting ears (IEC) Unit: mm 220 31.8
465.1 224
208
132.5
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Figure 1-6 Determine an installation position for mounting ears (ETSI) Unit: mm 220 25
515 241.5
225.5
150
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Figure 1-7 Determine an installation position for mounting ears (23-inch) Unit: mm 220 31.8
566.7
217.5
201.5
126
NOTE
When installing the ATN 910 in the cabinet, reserve 80 mm space at the front of the panel for cabling.
1.4 Heat Dissipation ATN 910 dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. Figure 1-8 shows the system air duct.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Figure 1-8 ATN 910 Air duct
l
Heat dissipation holes of air intake and exhaust vents on ATN 910 must be kept clean and unblocked.
l
A distance of at least 50 mm must be reserved at the air intake/exhaust vent on ATN 910 to ensure good ventilation.
l
Filler panels must be installed on unused slots. In addition, on ATN 910, heat must be dissipated by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right.
l
The ambient temperature of ATN 910 must be within the range of -20°C to +60°C. When ATN 910 is installed in a cabinet, temperature inside the cabinet must be within the temperature range and the air duct of the cabinet must be consistent with that of ATN 910.
1.5 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Label Position Figure 1-9 shows positions of labels on the chassis. Figure 1-9 Label position ATN 910 电源额定值 POWER RATING:
N14036
-48－-60V;4A
1类激光产品 Class 1 Laser Product
合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD この装置は、クラスA情報技術装置です。この 装置を家庭環境で 使用すゐと電波妨害を 引き起こすことがぁります。この場合には使用 者が適切な対策を講ずゐよぅ 要求されゐことがぁります。 VCCI-A
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制作
HUAW EI TEC HNOLOGIES CO.,L TD.
M ADE IN C HIN A
华为技术有限公司
中国制造
HUAWE I TE CHNO LG I E S CO. , LTD.
MADE IN CHINA
!
Label Description There are labels on the chassis and boards. See Table 1-3. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
1 ATN 910 Chassis
Table 1-3 Label description Figure
Type
Description
Backplane bar code label
The bar code of the backplane will be retrieved by ATN 910 as the equipment serial number (ESN).
ESD protection label
The label suggests the electrostaticsensitive equipment.
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the general grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a cabinet rather than a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Fan warning label
The label suggests that do not touch the fan leaves when the fan is rotating.
Operation warning label
The label indicates the precautions that should be taken for operations on the PIU board. For details, see Label.
Qualification label
The equipment is qualified.
Product nameplate label (General)
The label suggests the product name and certification.
Product nameplate label (North America)
The label suggests the product name and certification.
! 合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制造
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO.,LTD.
MADE IN CHINA
ATN 910 电源额定值 POWER RATING:
N14036
-48－-60V;4A
1类激光产品 Class 1 Laser Product
この装置は、クラスA情報技術装置です。この装置を家庭環境で使用すゐ と電波妨害を引き起こすことがぁります。この場合には使用者が適切な対策 を講ずゐよぅ要求されゐことがぁります。 VCCI-A
中国制造 MADE IN CHINA
华为技术有限公司
HUAWEI TECHNOLGIES CO.,LTD.
ATN 910 电源额定值 POWER RATING:
-48－-60V;4A
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following two conditions:(1)this device may not cause harmful interference,and(2)this device must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause undesired operation. この装置は、クラスA情報技術装置です。この装置を家庭環境で使用 すゐと電波妨害を引き起こすことがぁります。この場合には使用者が適 切な対策を講ずゐよぅ要求されゐことがぁります。 V C C I ------ A
1类激光产品 Class 1 Laser Product
Complles With 21 CFR Chapter I,Subchapter J UL US I.T.E. N14036 C 65JJ E210619 LISTED 华为技术有限公司
HUAWEI TECHNOLGIES CO.,LTD.
中国制造 MADE IN CHINA
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
2
ATN 910I Chassis
About This Chapter The ATN 910I uses the chassis of 1 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm) and supports multiple installation modes, which facilitates flexible deployment. 2.1 Appearance The ATN 910I integrates boards and modules, which are not swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. 2.2 Functions and Features The ATN 910I can receive and process FE, GE, and E1 service signals, implement service scheduling, support system control, and provide system clock processing and auxiliary interface functions. 2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The ATN 910I consists of the ANF1CXPx, power module, and fan module. 2.4 Panel There are indicators, buttons, and interfaces on the ATN 910I panel. 2.5 Installation Information ATN 910I provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 910I can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. 2.6 Heat Dissipation ATN 910I dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. 2.7 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
2.1 Appearance The ATN 910I integrates boards and modules, which are not swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. Table 2-1 describes multiple models of the ATN 910I. Table 2-1 Description of the ATN 910I models Model/ Silkscreen
Builtin Contro l Board
Power Suppl y
Interface
Temperature
1588 ACR
POE
ATN 910I AC
ANF1C XPI
AC
4GE(Oa)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(Eb)
-20ºC to +60ºC (fan cooling)
Not supported
Not supported
ATN 910I-C AC
ANF1C XPB
AC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(E)+16E1
-20ºC to +60ºC (fan cooling)
Supported
Not supported
ATN 910IPOE
ANF2C XPA
AC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(E)
-20ºC to +65ºC (fan cooling)
Not supported
Supported
ATN 910I DC
ANF1C XPI
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(E)
-20ºC to +60ºC (fan cooling)
Not supported
Not supported
ANF1C XPA
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(E)+16E1
-20ºC to +60ºC (fan cooling)
Not supported
Not supported
ANF1C XPB
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(E)+16E1
-40ºC to +65ºC (fan cooling)
Supported
Not supported
ATN 910I-TC DC NOTE
l (O) indicates an SPF cage. l (E) indicates an RJ-45 electrical interface. l (COMBO) indicates a COMBO interface.
The following figures show the appearance of the ATN 910I of different models. Figure 2-1 Appearance of the ATN 910I AC with interfaces 4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Figure 2-2 Appearance of the ATN 910I-C AC with interfaces 4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE (E)+16E1
Figure 2-3 Appearance of the ATN 910I-POE AC with interfaces 4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/ FE(E)
Figure 2-4 Appearance of the ATN 910I DC with interfaces 4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)
Figure 2-5 Appearance of the ATN 910I DC with interfaces 4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E) +16E1
Figure 2-6 Appearance of the ATN 910I-TC DC with interfaces 4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE (E)+16E1
2.2 Functions and Features The ATN 910I can receive and process FE, GE, and E1 service signals, implement service scheduling, support system control, and provide system clock processing and auxiliary interface functions. Table 2-2 describes functions and features of the ATN 910I. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Table 2-2 Functions and features of the ATN 910I Function and Feature
Description
Auxiliary interface function
Provides one NM serial port or NM network port to communicate with the NMS so that the NMS can manage and query the equipment. Provides two interfaces for inputting and outputting the external clock/time to obtain the external clock/time information. Provides one alarm input/output interface. The interface provides three inputs of alarm digital parameters.
Ethernet interface function
FE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules and FE electrical modules. GE SFP interfaces support GE optical modules and GE electrical modules. FE/GE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules, FE electrical modules, GE optical modules, and GE electrical modules. FE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s. FE/GE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, and 1000 Mbit/s. Electrical interfaces support the PoE function and a maximum output power of 30 W (only on the ATN 910I-P AC). Supports inloops and outloops. GE interfaces support flow control. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes. Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
E1 interface function
Supports a 75-ohm or 120-ohm impedance value (based on the actual E1 cable) Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. Supports the ATM, TDM, and PPP protocols. Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Description
NOTE l If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2. l When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2. l Only some models of the ATN 910I support the 1588 ACR clock. For details, see 2.1 Appearance.
2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The ATN 910I consists of the ANF1CXPx, power module, and fan module. Figure 2-7 describes the functional block diagram of the ATN 910I. Figure 2-7 Functional block diagram of the ATN 910I Power supply
Clock input/output interface Time input/output interface NM network interface/serial interface Alarm input/output interface
Auxiliary interface module
Time/clock signals
Power module
Clock module
To other function modules Communication control module
To other function modules
4 x GE optical signals 4 x FE/GE optical signals 4 x FE/GE electrical signals
Service scheduling and processing module
Fan module
16 x E1 signals 4 x FE electrical signals
FE pinch board
Transmit Direction After buffering and scheduling the service packets, the service scheduling and processing module performs coding/decoding and serial/parallel conversion. Then the interfaces on the panel send Ethernet electrical/optical signals and E1 signals out.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Receive Direction The service access interfaces on the panel receive Ethernet electrical/optical signals and E1 signals. Then the service scheduling and processing module performs serial/parallel conversion and coding/decoding, and buffers and schedules service packets.
Auxiliary Interface Module The auxiliary interface module provides the following interfaces: l
External time input/output interface
l
External clock input/output interface
l
NM serial interface/NM interface used to communicate with the NMS and to manage and query network elements
l
Alarm input/output interface
Communication Control Module The communication control module provides the following functions: l
Configures and monitors the entire system.
l
Provides an NM interface or NM serial interface for communication.
Service Scheduling and Processing Module The service scheduling and processing module provides the following functions: l
Processes service signals received on the interface cards.
l
Schedules services with the switching capacity of 12 Gbit/s in full duplex mode.
Clock Module The clock module provides the following functions: l
Provides a working clock for each module on the board.
l
Supports synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports IEEE 1588v2.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock. NOTE
Only some models of the ATN 910I support the 1588 ACR clock. For details, see 2.1 Appearance.
Power Module The power module supplies power for other modules. NOTE
The ATN 910I supports AC and DC power supplies. For details about power supplies supported by each product model, see 2.1 Appearance.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Fan Module The fan module implements heat dissipation for the system.
2.4 Panel There are indicators, buttons, and interfaces on the ATN 910I panel.
Appearance of the Panel Figure 2-8 shows the appearance of the ATN 910I panel. Figure 2-8 Appearance of the ATN 910I panel (ATN 910I DC is used as an example) PWR
STAT
ETH/OAM
ALM
RST
GE0-GE3
CLK
FE/GE0-FE/GE3
TOD
ALMI/ALMO
FE/GE4-FE/GE7
E1(0-15)
Indicator The ATN 910I provides the following indicators: System indicator l
PWRA/PWRB indicator, green, which indicates the power status
l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
ALM, red or orange, which indicates the alarm status.
Interface indicator l
LINK/ACT, green or orange, which indicates the connection status/data transceiving status on the SFP interface.
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the connection status of a service port
l
ACT indicator, orange, which indicates the receive/transmit status of a service port
Button There is only one RST button on the ATN 910I for resetting the device. The RST button can also be used to clear the passwords and configuration files on the ATN 910I. Once you press the RST button, the device begins to reset. Then you press and hold down the RST button for about 10s until the PWR, STA, and ALM indicators blink green. The device begins to automatically clear the passwords and configuration files. If you hold down the RST button 15s or more than 15s, the device only resets and does not clear the passwords and configuration files. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Interface Table 2-3 describes the interfaces on the ATN 910I and their functions. Table 2-3 Interfaces on the ATN 910I Interface Name
Interface Type
Function
Description about the Corresponding Cable
ETH/OAM
RJ-45
10M/100M interface that can function as an NM interface or console interface
For details, see 10.2 Management Cables.
CLK
RJ-45
Clock input/output interface
For details, see 10.4 Clock Cables.
TOD
RJ-45
Time input/output interface
For details, see 10.4 Clock Cables.
ALMI/O
RJ-45
Alarm input/output interface
-
GE0 to GE3
SFP
GE service signal input/output interface
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers or 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
FE/GE0 to FE/GE3
SFP
FE/GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers or 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
FE/GE4 to FE/GE7
RJ-45
FE/GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
E1 (0 to 15)
Anea 96
E1 service signal input/output interface
For details, see 10.5.4 75Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables.
NOTE The SFP interface can connect to cables only after an optical module or an electrical module is installed.
As shown in Table 2-5, the three groups of interfaces on the ATN 910I are controlled by the license (LANFGEPAYG01 and LANFCOMBO01). l
LANFGEPAYG01 is used for interfaces in group 1. Interfaces in group 1 can be normally used only after this license is used.
l
LANFCOMBO01 is used for interfaces in groups 2 and 3. Interfaces in groups 2 and 3 can be divided into 4 pairs: FE/GE0, FE/GE1, FE/GE2, and FE/GE3. Each pair includes one SFP interface and one RJ-45 interface. – When this license is not used, either the SFP or RJ-45 interface in each pair of interfaces can be used. Among the 8 interfaces in groups 2 and 3, a maximum of 4 interfaces can be used. – When this license is used, all of the 8 interfaces in groups 2 and 3 can be normally used.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Figure 2-9 Three groups of interfaces on the ATN 910I FE/GE0 FE/GE1 FE/GE2 FE/GE3
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Pin Assignments Table 2-4 Pins for the ETH/OAM interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Function
1
Transmit positive pole of the NM interface
2
Transmit negative pole of the NM interface
3
Receive positive pole of the NM interface
4
Ground end of the console interface
5
Receive end of the console interface
6
Receive negative pole of the NM interface
7
Unspecified
8
Receive end of the console interface
Table 2-5 Pins for the CLK interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Working Mode
1
Receive negative pole of the CLK interface
2
Receive positive pole of the CLK interface
3
Unspecified
4
Transmit negative pole of the CLK interface
5
Transmit positive pole of the CLK interface
6
Unspecified
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Table 2-6 Pins for the TOD interface Front View
Pin
87654321
Working Mode External Time Input
External Time Output
(1 PPS+Time Information)
(1 PPS+Time Information)
1
Unspecified
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
Unspecified
3
Input negative pole of 1 PPS signals
Output negative pole of 1 PPS signals
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
4
Ground end
Ground end
5
Ground end
Ground end
6
Input positive pole of 1 PPS signals
Output positive pole of 1 PPS signals
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Input negative pole of time information
Output negative pole of time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Input positive pole of time information
Output positive pole of time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
7
8
NOTE The TOD interface can work only in one mode.
Table 2-7 Pins for the ALMI/ALMO interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Function
1
Boolean input
2
Ground end
3
Boolean input
4
Boolean input
5
Ground end
6
Ground end
7
Boolean output positive pole
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Pin
Function
8
Boolean output negative pole
Table 2-8 Pins for the GE electrical interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair cable 1
2
Negative of twisted pair cable 1
3
Positive of twisted pair cable 2
4
Positive of twisted pair cable 3
5
Negative of twisted pair cable 3
6
Negative of twisted pair cable 2
7
Positive of twisted pair cable 4
8
Negative of twisted pair cable 4
Table 2-9 Pins for the FE interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Function
1
Positive pole of twisted pair cable 1
2
Negative pole of twisted pair cable 1
3
Positive pole of twisted pair cable 2
4
Unspecified
5
Unspecified
6
Negative pole of twisted pair cable 2
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Table 2-10 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5
Rx2
Rx3
Rx4
Rx5
Rx6
Rx7
Rx8
Rx9
R x 10
R x 11
R x 12
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
39
Tx7
41
Tx8
43
Tx9
45
T x 10
47
T x 11
73
T x 12
74 R x 13
52 53
Tx6
48
50 51
37
46
24 49
Tx5
44
22 23
35
42
20 21
Tx4
40
18 19
33
38
16 17
Tx3
36
14 15
31
34
12 13
Tx2
32
10 11
29 30
8 9
Tx1
28
6 7
27
75
T x 13
76 R x 14
77
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
T x 14 21
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
Connector Pin
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Usage
Connector Pin
54
Usage
78
55
R x 15
79
56
T x 15
80
2.5 Installation Information ATN 910I provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 910I can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. As shown in Table 2-11, ATN 910I supports various mounting ears and can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. Table 2-11 Requirements on the cabinet and mounting ears Mounting Ear
Applicable Cabinet Standard
Applicable Huawei Cabinet
Remarks
IEC60297
N66E
The mounting ears are delivered with the device.
N68E N610E 19-inch open rack IMB network cabinet APM30H outdoor cabinet ETSI300-119
N63E N66T
IEC60297 (23inch)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
The mounting ears are rack-mounting ears that are installed on the mounting ears delivered with the device. The mounting ears are for a 23-inch cabinet and are used to substitute for the mounting ears delivered with the device when the device needs to be installed in a 23inch cabinet. 22
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
2.6 Heat Dissipation ATN 910I dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. Figure 2-10 shows the ATN 910I air duct. Figure 2-10 ATN 910I air duct
l
Heat dissipation holes of air intake and exhaust vents on ATN 910I must be kept clean and unblocked.
l
A clearance of at least 50 mm must be reserved at the air intake/exhaust vent on ATN 910I to ensure good ventilation.
l
The ambient temperature of the ATN 910I-TC DC must be within the range of -40°C to 65°C, and that of ATN 910I in other models must be within the range of -20°C to +60° C.ATN 910I When ATN 910I is installed in a cabinet, temperature inside the cabinet must be within the permitted temperature range and the air duct of the cabinet must be consistent with that of ATN 910I.
l
When ATN 910I is installed in a cabinet, temperature inside the cabinet must be within the temperature range and the air duct of the cabinet must be consistent with that of ATN 910I. For details about temperature range by each product model, see 2.1 Appearance.
2.7 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Label Position Figure 2-11 shows positions of labels on the chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Figure 2-11 Label position O ptiX P TN 910-F 电源额定值 POWER RATING: ~100-240V;50/60Hz;0.8A MAX
N1 4036
合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD 1类激光产品 Class 1 Laser Product
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制作
HUAW EI TEC HNOLOGIES CO.,L TD.
M ADE IN C HIN A
华为技 术有 限公 司
HUAW EI TECHNO LGIES CO .,LT D.
中 国制 造 MADE IN CHINA
Label Description There are labels on the chassis. See Table 2-12. Table 2-12 Label description Figure
合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD
Type
Description
Backplane bar code label
The bar code of the backplane will be retrieved by ATN device as the equipment serial number (ESN).
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the general grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a cabinet rather than a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Operation warning label
The label indicates the precautions that should be taken for operations.
Qualification label
The equipment is qualified.
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制造
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO.,LTD.
MADE IN CHINA
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Figure
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
2 ATN 910I Chassis
Type
Description
Product nameplate label
The label suggests the product name and certification.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
3
ATN 910B Chassis
About This Chapter The ATN 910B uses the chassis of 1 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm) and supports multiple installation modes, which facilitates flexible deployment. 3.1 Appearance The ATN 910B integrates boards and modules, which are not swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. 3.2 Functions and Features The ATN 910B can receive and process FE, GE, 10GE, and E1 service signals, implement service scheduling, support system control, and provide system clock processing and auxiliary interface functions. 3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The ATN 910B consists of the CXPx, power module, and fan module. 3.4 Panel There are indicators, buttons, and interfaces on the ATN 910B panel. 3.5 Installation Information ATN 910B provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 910B can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. 3.6 Heat Dissipation ATN 910B dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. 3.7 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
3.1 Appearance The ATN 910B integrates boards and modules, which are not swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. Table 3-1 describes multiple models of the ATN 910B. Table 3-1 Description of the ATN 910B models Silkscreen
Built-in Control Board
Interface
CrossConnect Capacity
1588 ACR
ATN 910B-A DC
ANG1CXPA
2x10GE(O)+8xGE/FE(O)+8xFE/GE(E) +16E1
36 Gbit/s
Supported
ATN 910B-B DC
ANG1CXPB
2x10GE(O)+16xGE/FE(O)+8xFE/GE(E)
44 Gbit/s
Not supported
NOTE l (O) indicates an XFP interface for 10GE services or an SFP interface for GE/FE services. l (E) indicates an RJ-45 electrical interface.
Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show the appearance of the ATN 910B of different models. Figure 3-1 Appearance of the ATN 910B-A with interfaces 2x10GE(O)+8xGE/FE(O)+8xFE/ GE(E)+16E1
Figure 3-2 Appearance of the ATN 910B-B with interfaces 2x10GE(O)+16xGE/FE(O)+8xFE/ GE(E)
3.2 Functions and Features The ATN 910B can receive and process FE, GE, 10GE, and E1 service signals, implement service scheduling, support system control, and provide system clock processing and auxiliary interface functions. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Table 3-2 describes functions and features of the ATN 910B. Table 3-2 Functions and features of the ATN 910B Function and Feature
Description
Auxiliary interface function
Provides one NM serial port or NM network port to communicate with the NMS so that the NMS can manage and query the equipment. Provides two interfaces for inputting and outputting the external clock/time to obtain the external clock/time information. Provides one alarm input/output interface. The interface provides three inputs of alarm digital parameters.
Ethernet interface function
FE/GE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules, FE electrical modules, GE optical modules, and GE electrical modules. 10GE XFP interfaces support 10GE optical modules. FE/GE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, and 1000 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops. GE interfaces support flow control. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes. Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
E1 interface function
Supports a 75-ohm or 120-ohm impedance value (based on the actual E1 cable) Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. Supports the ATM, TDM, and PPP protocols. Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
NOTE l If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2. l When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2. l Among the two ATN 910B models, only ATN 910B-A supports 1588 ACR.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The ATN 910B consists of the CXPx, power module, and fan module. Figure 3-3 uses ATN 910B-A as an example to show the working principle and signal flow of ATN 910B. Figure 3-3 Functional block diagram of the ATN 910B Power supply
Clock input/output interface Time input/output interface NM network interface/serial interface Alarm input/output interface
Auxiliary interface module
Time/clock signals
Power module
Clock module
To other function modules Communication control module
2 x 10GE optical signals 8 x FE/GE optical signals 8 x FE/GE electrical signals
16 x E1 signals
To other function modules
Service scheduling and processing module
Fan module
ANG1MO1 pinch board
Transmit Direction After buffering and scheduling the service packets, the service scheduling and processing module performs coding/decoding and serial/parallel conversion. Then the interfaces on the panel send Ethernet electrical/optical signals and E1 signals out.
Receive Direction The service access interfaces on the panel receive Ethernet electrical/optical signals and E1 signals. Then the service scheduling and processing module performs serial/parallel conversion and coding/decoding, and buffers and schedules service packets.
Auxiliary Interface Module The auxiliary interface module provides the following interfaces: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
l
External time input/output interface
l
External clock input/output interface
l
NM serial interface/NM interface used to communicate with the NMS and to manage and query network elements
l
Alarm input/output interface
Communication Control Module The communication control module provides the following functions: l
Configures and monitors the entire system.
l
Provides an NM interface or NM serial interface for communication.
Service Scheduling and Processing Module The service scheduling and processing module provides the following functions: l
Processes service signals received on the interface cards.
l
Schedules services in full duplex mode.
Clock Module The clock module provides the following functions: l
Provides a working clock for each module on the board.
l
Supports synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports IEEE 1588v2.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Module The power module supplies power for other modules.
Fan Module The fan module implements heat dissipation for the system.
3.4 Panel There are indicators, buttons, and interfaces on the ATN 910B panel.
Appearance of the Panel Figure 3-4 uses ATN 910B-A as an example to show the panels of ATN 910Bl.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Figure 3-4 Appearance of the ATN 910B panel FE/GE: 1|3|5|7 FE/GE: 9|11|13|15 ETH/ OAM CLK
PWR STAT ALM
PWRA PWRB
RST OUT0 OUT1 FE/GE: 0|2|4|6 IN0 IN1 ALMI/ TOD LINK/ ALMO ACT
FE/GE: 8|10|12|14
E1(8-15)
E1(0-7)
Indicator The ATN 910B provides the following indicators: System indicator l
PWRA/PWRB indicator, green, which indicates the power status
l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
ALM, red or orange, which indicates the alarm status.
Interface indicator l
LINK/ACT, green or orange, which indicates the connection status/data transceiving status on the SFP interface and XFP interface.
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the connection status of a service port
l
ACT indicator, orange, which indicates the receive/transmit status of a service port
Button There is only one RST button on the ATN 910B for resetting the device. The RST button can also be used to clear the passwords and configuration files on the ATN 910B. Once you press the RST button, the device begins to reset. Then you press and hold down the RST button for about 10s until the PWR, STA, and ALM indicators blink green. The device begins to automatically clear the passwords and configuration files. If you hold down the RST button 15s or more than 15s, the device only resets and does not clear the passwords and configuration files.
Interface Table 3-3 describes the interfaces on the ATN 910B and their functions.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Table 3-3 Interfaces on the ATN 910B Interface Name
Interface Type
Function
Description about the Corresponding Cable
ETH/OAM
RJ-45
10M/100M interface that can function as an NM interface or console interface
For details, see 10.2 Management Cables.
CLK
RJ-45
Clock input/output interface
For details, see 10.4 Clock Cables.
TOD
RJ-45
Time input/output interface
For details, see 10.4 Clock Cables.
ALMI/ ALMO
RJ-45
Alarm input/output interface
-
OUT0 IN0 — OUT1 IN1
XFP
10GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers.
FE/GE0 — FE/GE7 (ATN 910B-A)
SFP
FE/GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers or 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
FE/GE0 — FE/GE15 (ATN 910B-B)
SFP
FE/GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers or 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
FE/GE8 — FE/GE15 (ATN 910B-A)
RJ-45
FE/GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
FE/GE16 — FE/ GE23 (ATN 910B-B)
RJ-45
FE/GE service signal input/ output interface
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
E1 (0–15) (ATN 910B-A)
DB44
E1 service signal input/output interface
For details, see 10.5.2 75Ohm 8 x E1 Cables and 10.5.3 120-Ohm 8 x E1 Cables.
NOTE The SFP interface can connect to cables only after an optical module or an electrical module is installed. The XFP interface can connect to cables only after an optical module is installed. 10GE interfaces on the ATN 910B are under license control (LANG2XGE01). If the license is not loaded, 10GE interfaces are unavailable. GE interfaces are also under license control (LANGGEPAYG01 and LANG4GEPAYG01). If the license is not loaded, only a maximum of eight interfaces can be used.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Pin Assignments Table 3-4 Pins for the ETH/OAM interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Function
1
Transmit positive pole of the NM interface
2
Transmit negative pole of the NM interface
3
Receive positive pole of the NM interface
4
Ground end of the console interface
5
Receive end of the console interface
6
Receive negative pole of the NM interface
7
Unspecified
8
Receive end of the console interface
Table 3-5 Pins for the CLK interface Front View
Pin
Working Mode
1
Receive negative pole of the CLK interface
2
Receive positive pole of the CLK interface
3
Unspecified
4
Transmit negative pole of the CLK interface
5
Transmit positive pole of the CLK interface
6
Unspecified
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Table 3-6 Pins for the TOD interface Front View
Pin
87654321
Working Mode External Time Input
External Time Output
(1 PPS+Time Information)
(1 PPS+Time Information)
1
Unspecified
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
Unspecified
3
Input negative pole of 1 PPS signals
Output negative pole of 1 PPS signals
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
4
Ground end
Ground end
5
Ground end
Ground end
6
Input positive pole of 1 PPS signals
Output positive pole of 1 PPS signals
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Input negative pole of time information
Output negative pole of time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Input positive pole of time information
Output positive pole of time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
7
8
NOTE The TOD interface can work only in one mode.
Table 3-7 Pins for the ALMI/ALMO interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Function
1
Boolean input
2
Ground end
3
Boolean input
4
Boolean input
5
Ground end
6
Ground end
7
Boolean output positive pole
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Front View
Pin
Function
8
Boolean output negative pole
Table 3-8 Pins for the GE electrical interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair cable 1
2
Negative of twisted pair cable 1
3
Positive of twisted pair cable 2
4
Positive of twisted pair cable 3
5
Negative of twisted pair cable 3
6
Negative of twisted pair cable 2
7
Positive of twisted pair cable 4
8
Negative of twisted pair cable 4
Table 3-9 Pins of the DB44 interface Front View 1
44
Pin
Usage
Pin
Usage
38
R0
15
T0
23 37
30 R1
22 36
R2
R3
R4
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
12
T3
11
T4
26 R5
18 32
T2
27
19 33
13 28
20 34
T1
29
21 35
14
10
T5
25 R6
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
T6
35
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
Pin
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Usage
17 31
Pin
Usage
24 R7
8
16
T7
7
3.5 Installation Information ATN 910B provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 910B can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. As shown in Table 3-10, ATN 910B supports various mounting ears and can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. Table 3-10 Requirements on the cabinet and mounting ears Mounting Ear
Applicable Cabinet Standard
Applicable Huawei Cabinet
Remarks
IEC60297
N66E
The mounting ears are delivered with the device.
N68E N610E 19-inch open rack IMB network cabinet APM30H outdoor cabinet ETSI300-119
N63E N66T
IEC60297 (23inch)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
The mounting ears are rack-mounting ears that are installed on the mounting ears delivered with the device. The mounting ears are for a 23-inch cabinet and are used to substitute for the mounting ears delivered with the device when the device needs to be installed in a 23inch cabinet. 36
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
3.6 Heat Dissipation ATN 910B dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. Figure 3-5 shows the system air duct. Figure 3-5 ATN 910B air duct
≥50 mm
≥50 mm
l
Heat dissipation holes of air intake and exhaust vents on ATN 910B must be kept clean and unblocked.
l
A clearance of at least 50 mm must be reserved at the air intake/exhaust vent on ATN 910B to ensure good ventilation.
l
The ambient temperature of ATN 910B must be within the range of -40 °C to +65 °C. When ATN 910B is installed in a cabinet, temperature inside the cabinet must be within the permitted temperature range and the air duct of the cabinet must be consistent with that of ATN 910B.
3.7 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Label Position Figure 3-6 shows positions of labels on the chassis. Figure 3-6 Label position O ptiX P TN 910-F 电源额定值 POWER RATING: ~100-240V;50/60Hz;0.8A MAX
N1 4036
合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD 1类激光产品 Class 1 Laser Product
HUAWEI
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
华为技术有限公司
中国制作
HUAW EI TEC HNOLOGIES CO.,L TD.
M ADE IN C HIN A
华为技 术有 限公 司
HUAW EI TECHNO LGIES CO .,LT D.
中 国制 造 MADE IN CHINA
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
3 ATN 910B Chassis
Label Description There are labels on the chassis. See Table 3-11. Table 3-11 Label description Figure
合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD
Type
Description
Backplane bar code label
The bar code of the backplane will be retrieved by ATN device as the equipment serial number (ESN).
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the general grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a cabinet rather than a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Operation warning label
The label indicates the precautions that should be taken for operations.
Qualification label
The equipment is qualified.
Product nameplate label
The label suggests the product name and certification.
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制造
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO.,LTD.
MADE IN CHINA
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
4
ATN 950B Chassis
About This Chapter The ATN 950B uses the chassis of 2 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm) and supports multiple installation modes, which facilitates flexible deployment. The ATN 950B can be flexibly deployed with high reliability and scalability. It has the following features: l
Two power boards are supported for redundancy protection.
l
Two control boards are supported for redundancy protection.
l
The fan board provides six fans, ensuring proper heat dissipation even when a fan is faulty.
l
Six slots can be flexibly configured with service boards.
4.1 Appearance The ATN 950B provides 11 slots and all boards are swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. 4.2 Slot Distribution This section describes slot distribution on the ATN 950B. 4.3 Installation Information ATN 950B provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 950B can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. 4.4 Heat Dissipation ATN 950B dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. 4.5 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
4.1 Appearance The ATN 950B provides 11 slots and all boards are swappable. A chassis has a mounting ear at each side and can be installed in different cabinets and racks. Figure 4-1 shows the appearance of the ATN 950B that has boards fully configured. Figure 4-1 Appearance of the ATN 950B that has boards fully configured
Figure 4-2 shows the appearance of the ATN 950B that does not have boards fully configured. Figure 4-2 Appearance of the ATN 950B that does not have boards fully configured
4.2 Slot Distribution This section describes slot distribution on the ATN 950B. Figure 4-3 shows the slot distribution of the ATN 950B equipped with the AND1CXPA or AND1CXPB board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Figure 4-3 Slot distribution of the ATN 950B equipped with AND1CXPA or AND1CXPB SLOT 10
SLOT 11
SLOT 9
SLOT 7
SLOT 8
SLOT 5 (10GE/GE)
SLOT 6 (10GE/GE)
SLOT 3 (10GE/4 x GE)
SLOT 4 (10GE/4 x GE)
SLOT 1 (8 x GE)
SLOT 2 (8 x GE)
NOTE
When ATN 950B is equipped with the AND1CXPA board, each of slots 3 and 4 has a bandwidth of 4 x GE and does not support 10GE interface boards.
Figure 4-4 shows the slot distribution of the ATN 950B equipped with the AND2CXPA, AND2CXPB, or AND2CXPE board. Figure 4-4 Slot distribution of the ATN 950B equipped with AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE SLOT 10
SLOT 11
SLOT 9
SLOT 7
SLOT 8
SLOT 5 (10GE/4 x GE)
SLOT 6 (10GE/4 x GE)
SLOT 3 (10GE/4 x GE)
SLOT 4 (10GE/4 x GE)
SLOT 1 (10GE/8 x GE)
SLOT 2 (10GE/8 x GE)
Table 4-1 describes priorities of slots where boards supported by the ATN 950B can be inserted. Table 4-1 Priorities of available slots Name
Valid Slot
Priorities of Slots (in Descending Order)
AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB
Slot 7, slot 8
slot 7 - slot 8
AND1EM8T/ AND1EM8F
slot 1 or slot 2
slot 1 - slot 2
AND1EM4T/ AND1EM4F/ AND1EM4C
slot 1-4 (working with the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB)
slot 3- slot 4 - slot 1 - slot 2
AND2CXPA/ AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE
slot 1-6 (working with the AND2CXPA/ AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE) Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Name
Valid Slot
Priorities of Slots (in Descending Order)
AND2CQ1B
slot 1 to slot 6
slot 3- slot 4 - slot 1 - slot 2 - slot 5 - slot 6
slot 5-6 (working with the AND1CXPA)
slot 5 - slot 6 - slot 3 - slot 4
AND2PQ1 AND1EX1
slot 3-6 (working with the AND1CXPB) slot 1-6 (working with the AND2CXPA/ AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE) AND1ML1/ AND1ML1A
slot 1 to slot 6
slot 4 - slot 6 - slot 3 - slot 5 - slot 2 - slot 1
TND1PIU
Slot 9, slot 10
-
AND1FAN
slot 11
-
AND3ML1A/ AND3ML1B AND2MD1A/ AND2MD1B
4.3 Installation Information ATN 950B provides multiple installation positions for mounting ears and supports various mounting ears, so ATN 950B can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. As shown in Table 4-2, ATN 950B supports various mounting ears and can be installed in multiple types of cabinets. Table 4-2 Requirements on the cabinet and mounting ears Mounting Ear
Applicable Cabinet Standard
Applicable Huawei Cabinet
Remarks
IEC60297
N66E
The mounting ears are delivered with the device.
N68E N610E 19-inch open rack IMB network cabinet APM30H outdoor cabinet Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Mounting Ear
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Applicable Cabinet Standard
Applicable Huawei Cabinet
Remarks
ETSI300-119
N63E
The mounting ears are rack-mounting ears that are installed on the mounting ears delivered with the device.
N66T
IEC60297 (23inch)
-
The mounting ears are for a 23-inch cabinet and are used to substitute for the mounting ears delivered with the device when the device needs to be installed in a 23inch cabinet.
ATN 950B provides three installation positions for mounting ears. Users can determine an installation position for mounting ears based on the depth of the cabinet. Figure 4-5 shows the installation positions of mounting ears. Position 1 shows a pair of mounting ears delivered with ATN 950B. Figure 4-5 Installation positions of mounting ears
Already installed mounting ears
Position 3 for installing the mounting ears
Position 1 for installing the mounting ears Position 2 for installing the mounting ears
Determine an installation position for mounting ears based on the cabinet depth. The following figures show the installation dimensions when mounting ears are installed in different positions. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Figure 4-6 Determine an installation position for mounting ears (IEC)
Unit: mm 220
76.2
465.1 224
208
132.5
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Figure 4-7 Determine an installation position for mounting ears (ETSI)
Unit: mm
220
50
515 241.5
225.5
150
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Figure 4-8 Determine an installation position for mounting ears (23-inch)
Unit: mm
220 76.2
566.7
218
202
126.5
NOTE
When installing the ATN 950B in the cabinet, reserve 80 mm space at the front of the panel for cabling.
4.4 Heat Dissipation ATN 950B dissipates heat by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Figure 4-9 shows the system air duct. Figure 4-9 ATN 950B Air duct
l
Heat dissipation holes of air intake and exhaust vents on ATN 950B must be kept clean and unblocked.
l
A distance of at least 50 mm must be reserved at the air intake/exhaust vent on ATN 950B to ensure good ventilation.
l
Filler panels must be installed on unused slots. In addition, on ATN 950B, heat must be dissipated by drawing in air from the left and expelling out the air from the right.
l
The ambient temperature of ATN 950B must be within the range of -20°C to +60°C. When ATN 950B is installed in a cabinet, temperature inside the cabinet must be within the temperature range and the air duct of the cabinet must be consistent with that of ATN 950B.
4.5 Safety Labels The equipment has various safety labels. This section describes the suggestions and locations of these safety labels.
Label Position Figure 4-10 shows positions of labels on the chassis. Figure 4-10 Label position ATN 950 电源额定值 POWER RATING:
N14036
-48－-60V;8A
1类激光产品 Class 1 Laser Product
合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD この装置は、クラスA情報技術装置です。この装置を家庭環境で 使用すゐと電波妨害を引き起こすことがぁります。この場合には使用 者が適切な対策を講ずゐよぅ要求されゐことがぁります。 VCCI -A
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制作
HUAW EI TEC HNOLOGIES CO.,L TD.
M ADE IN C HIN A
华为技术有限公司
中国制造
HUAWE I TE CHNO LG I E S CO ., LTD .
MADE IN CHINA
!
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
4 ATN 950B Chassis
Label Description There are labels on the chassis and boards. See Table 4-3. Table 4-3 Label description Figure
Type
Description
Backplane bar code label
The bar code of the backplane will be retrieved by ATN 950B as the equipment serial number (ESN).
ESD protection label
The label suggests the electrostaticsensitive equipment.
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Chassis grounding label
The label indicates the position of the general grounding terminal. When the equipment is installed in a cabinet rather than a 19-inch cabinet, it is recommended that you use the grounding terminal specified in this label.
Fan warning label
The label suggests that do not touch the fan leaves when the fan is rotating.
Operation warning label
The label indicates the precautions that should be taken for operations on the PIU board. For details, see Label.
Qualification label
The equipment is qualified.
Product nameplate label
The label suggests the product name and certification.
! 合格证/QUALIFICATION CARD
HUAWEI 华为技术有限公司
中国制造
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO.,LTD.
MADE IN CHINA
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5
ATN 910 Boards
About This Chapter Boards on ATN 910 are used together to provide various functions. 5.1 Board Overview A board mainly consists of the printed circuit board (PCB) and the front panel. 5.2 Board Type and Application This section describes the applications and differences between different types of PIC boards. 5.3 ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit The ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL (CXPI/CXPL for short) is a control, cross-connect, and protocol processing board. The function version of the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL is ANC1. The ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL is housed in slots 1 and 2. 5.4 AND1EG4T - 4 Channels FE/GE Adaptive Electronic Interface Board The AND1EG4T board (EG4T for short) is a 4 channels FE/GE adaptive electrical interface board whose functional version is AND1. The AND1EG4T board can be housed in any of slots 3 and 4 in the chassis. 5.5 AND1EF8T - 8 Channels Fast Ethernet Electric Interface Board The AND1EF8T (EF8T for short) is an 8 channels Fast Ethernet electric interface board. The function version of the EF8T is AND1. The EF8T is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. 5.6 AND1EG2 - 2 Channels GE Optical Interface Board The AND1EG2 (EG2 for short) is a two channels GE optical interface board. The function version of the EG2 is AND1. The AND1EG2 is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. 5.7 AND1EG4F - 4 Channels FE/GE Adaptive Optical Interface Board The AND1EG4F (EG4F for short) is a four channels FE/GE adaptive optical interface board . The function version of the EG4F is AND1. The AND1EG4F is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. 5.8 AND1EF8F - 8 Channels Fast Ethernet Optical Interface Board The AND1EF8F (EF8F for short) is an 8 channels Fast Ethernet optical interface board. The function version of the EF8F is AND1. The AND1EF8F is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. 5.9 AND1ML1/AND1ML1A - 16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board The functional version of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A is AND1.. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.10 AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B - 16 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B (ML1A/ML1B for short) is a 16 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the ML1A/ML1B is AND2. The AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. 5.11 AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B - 32 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B (MD1A/MD1B for short) is a 32 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the MD1A/MD1B is AND1. The AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. 5.12 AND1MO1C - 8 Channels T1 Interface Board The AND1MO1C (MO1C for short) is an 8-channel electrical interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1MO1C can be housed in slot3, slot4. 5.13 AND1AVD8A - 8 Channels ADSL2+ Service Interface Board The AND1AVD8A (AVD8A for short) is an 8-channel ADSL2+ service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1AVD8A can be housed in slot3, slot4. 5.14 AND1AVD8B - 8 Channels VDSL2 Service Interface Board The AND1AVD8B (AVD8B for short) is an 8-channel VDSL2 service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1AVD8B can be housed in slot 3 or 4. 5.15 AND1SHD4 - 4 Channels G.SHDSL Service Interface Board The AND1SHD4 (SHD4 for short) is a 4-channel G.SHDSL service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1SHD4 can be housed in slot3, slot4. 5.16 AND1SHD4I - 4 Channels G.SHDSL Interface Board for IMA Mode The AND1SHD4I (SHD4I for short) is a 4-channel G.SHDSL service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1SHD4I can be housed in slot3, slot4. 5.17 TNC1PIU - Power Interface Board The TNC1PIU (PIU for short) is a power interface board. The function version of the PIU is TNC1. The PIU is housed in slot 5. 5.18 ANC1FAN - Fan Board The ANC1FAN (FAN for short) is an FAN board. The function version of the FAN is ANC1. The FAN is housed in slot 6. 5.19 Filler Panel A filler panel is used to cover any vacant slot in a chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.1 Board Overview A board mainly consists of the printed circuit board (PCB) and the front panel.
Board Structure Figure 5-1 shows the structure of a board (using the AND1EG4F board as an example). Figure 5-1 Board structure
A board mainly consists of the following parts: l
PCB The PCB houses various functional chips of the board and is the most important part of the board. Through the front panel, the PCB provides indicators, buttons, and ports. NOTE
Different boards provide different indicators, buttons, and ports; not all boards support a daughter board. For details, see the description of each board.
l
Front panel, including the captive screws, ejector levers, indicators, buttons, and interfaces. – Captive screws: secure the board in the subrack. – Ejector levers: used for inserting or removing the board. Bar codes are also attached on the ejector levers. NOTE
The ejector lever on the left side of the front panel of a board is attached with a label marking the bar code of the board. The bar code of a control board will be retrieved by ATN 910 as the equipment serial number (ESN). The ESN is used for applying for a license. ATN 910 automatically reads the bar code of the backplane or control board as the device ESN. Generally, the bar code of the backplane takes precedence over that of the control board.
Board Naming NOTE
The preceding only describes how to roughly identify a board. For details on board specifications, see board descriptions.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
A board name mainly consists of the board functional version and short name. A short name can roughly identify a board. The short name of a control board, power board, and fan board is CXPx, PIU, and FAN respectively. The following mainly describes how to quickly identify a physical interface board through the short name of a board. As shown in Figure 5-2, the short name of a board consists of an abbreviated board name and an extended name. An abbreviated board name includes the board type, interface quantity, and interface rate. When boards have the same abbreviated board name, they can be differentiated using extended names. An extended name does not have special meanings and can be omitted. Figure 5-2 Board short name (using ML1A as an example)
ML1A Extended name Interface rate Interface quantity Board type
The following describes each part of an abbreviated board name: l
Board type M indicates an E-carrier or T-carrier interface board. The interface quantity is represented using O, L or D, indicating 8, 16 or 32 respectively. The interface rate is represented using 1, indicating E1 or T1.
l
Board type AVD indicates an ADSL2+, VDSL2, or ADSL2+/VDSL2 interface board. The interface quality is represented using an Arabic numeral, but the interface rate is not represented.
l
Board type SHD indicates a G.SHDSL interface board. The interface quality is represented using an Arabic numeral, but the interface rate is not represented.
l
Board type E indicates an Ethernet interface board. The interface quality is represented using an Arabic numeral. The interface rate is represented using F or G, indicating FE or GE respectively. Extended name F or T is used to indicate an optical interface or electrical interface respectively. NOTE
For the name of an Ethernet interface board, the interface rate and quantity rate are in an order opposite to those for the names of other boards. For example, in EG4F (a name of an Ethernet interface board), interface rate G comes before interface quantity 4.
Board Relationship A control board mainly implements system control and service grooming, and receives and processes various services by working with physical interface boards. A power board provides power inputs for the system. A fan board blows air to dissipate heat generated during system operation. Figure 5-3 shows the board relationship.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-3 Board relationship
User side
Control and management module
Network side
Clock module FE
FE
GE
GE
FE GE E1 E1 T1
EF8F/EF8T
EF8F/EF8T
EG2/EG4F
EG2/EG4F
ML1/ML1A/ML1B MD1A/MD1B
Service processing and switching module
ML1/ML1A/ML1B MD1A/MD1B MO1C
MO1C
AVD8A AVD8B SHD4/SHD4I
FE GE E1 E1 T1 ADSL2+ VDSL2 G.SHDSL
Control board CXPI/CXPL
Power interface board PIU
Fan board FAN
5.2 Board Type and Application This section describes the applications and differences between different types of PIC boards.
5.2.1 Board Type Boards are the key hardware components of the equipment. Boards on the ATN 910 are classified into the following types: control board (CXP), physical interface card (PIC), power interface board (PIU), and fan board (FAN).
Control Board (CXP) The control board controls the system, grooms services, processes the clock, and provides auxiliary interfaces. NOTE
The control board of the ATN 910 also provides the Ethernet service interface. For details about applications of the service interface boards, see the Ethernet service interface board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-1 Control boards supported by the ATN 910 Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
ANC2CXPI
System control, switching and timing board, with 4 x FE service electrical interfaces, with 4 x FE service optical interfaces, and 2 x GE service optical interfaces
V200R002C00
ANC2CXPL
System control, switching and timing board, with 4 x FE/GE service electrical interfaces, with 4 x FE/ GE service optical interfaces, and 2 x GE service optical interfaces
V200R002C00
Physical Interface Card (PIC) The physical interface boards process the services with the control board. The physical interface boards are classified into the following types based on the service access mode: Ethernet service interface boards, E1/T1 service interface boards, and xDSL service interface boards. Table 5-2 Ethernet service interface boards supported by the ATN 910 Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1EF8T
8 x FE service interface board (electric interface)
V200R001C00
AND1EF8F
8 x FE service interface board (optical interface)
V200R001C00
AND1EG2
2 x GE service optical interface board
V200R001C00
AND1EG4F
4 x FE/GE adaptive optical interface board
V200R001C00
AND1EG4T
4 x FE/GE adaptive electric interface board
V200R001C01
Table 5-3 E1/T1 service interface boards supported by the ATN 910
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1ML1
16 x E1 service interface board (75 ohm)
V200R001C01
AND1ML1A
16 x E1 service interface board (120 ohm)
V200R001C01
AND2ML1A
16 x E1 service interface board (75 ohm)
V200R001C00
AND2ML1B
16 x E1 service interface board (120 ohm)
V200R001C00
AND1MD1A
32 x E1 service interface board (75 ohm)
V200R001C00
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1MD1B
32 x E1 service interface board (120 ohm)
V200R001C00
AND1MO1C
8 x T1 service interface board (100 ohm)
V200R001C01
Table 5-4 xDSL service interface boards supported by the ATN 910 Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1AVD8A
8 x ADSL2+ interface board
V200R001C01
AND1AVD8B
8 x VDSL2 interface board
V200R003C00
AND1SHD4
4 x G.SHDSL interface board
V200R001C01
(supporting the ATM mode and EFM mode) AND1SHD4I
4 x G.SHDSL interface board
V200R001C01
(supporting the IMA mode)
Power Board Power boards lead in power for supplying power to the device. For details about power distribution, see Power Distribution. Table 5-5 Power boards supported by the ATN 910 Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
TNC1PIU
Power interface board
V200R001C00
Fan Board (FAN) The fan board exhausts hot air for heat dissipation. For details about air duct, see Heat Dissipation. Table 5-6 Fan board supported by the ATN 910
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
ANC1FAN
Fan board
V200R001C00
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.2.2 Ethernet Service Interface Board The ATN 910 supports multiple types of Ethernet interface boards to address requirements for various interface quantities, interface rates, and interface types (optical/electrical). Ethernet service interface boards are widely used in various network environments. They can accept base station services on the user side, and transmit services upstream on the network side. The Ethernet service interface board supports Layer 2 services, Layer 3 services, and hybrid transmission of Layer 2 and Layer 3 services. (When the main interface is in Layer 2 mode, configure the sub-interface to transmit Layer 2/Layer 3 services.) Table 5-7 shows the Ethernet service interface boards supported by the ATN 910 and the differences between the boards. Table 5-7 Ethernet service interface boards Board
Interface Description
AND1EG4T
4 x FE/GE electrical interface
AND1EF4T
4 x FE electrical interface
AND1EG2
2 x GE SFP interface
AND1EG4F
4 x FE/GE SFP interface
AND1EF8F
8 x FE SFP interface
ANC2CXPI
4 x FE electrical interface 4 x FE SFP interface 2 x GE SFP interface
ANC2CXPL
4 x FE/GE electrical interface 4 x FE/GE SFP interface 2 x GE SFP interface
NOTE l Electrical interfaces: l FE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s. l FE/GE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s. l SFP interfaces: l FE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules and FE electrical modules. l GE SFP interfaces support GE optical modules and GE electrical modules. l FE/GE SFP interfaces support GE optical modules and GE electrical modules, FE optical modules and FE electrical modules.
5.2.3 E1 Service Interface Board The E1 service interface board supports ATM, PPP, and TDM link-layer protocols. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
ATM Figure 5-4 shows the application of the E1 service interface board using the ATM protocol. Figure 5-4 Application of the E1 service interface board using the ATM protocol
An ATN device uses the E1 service interface board on the user side to support ATM over E1. When the ATM service access rate is between E1 and E3, multiple E1 links are bound into an IMA group to increase service bandwidth. On the network side, the E1 service interface board implements ATM service emulation and transparently transmits the ATM services over the packet switched network (PSN), such as MPLS or Ethernet. For detailed information, see the chapter "ATM IMA application" in the Feature Description.
PPP Figure 5-5 and Figure 5-6 show the applications of the E1/T1 service interface board using the PPP protocol. Figure 5-5 Application of the E1/T1 service interface board using the PPP protocol (user side)
Figure 5-6 Application of the E1 service interface board using the PPP protocol (network side)
The ATN device uses the E1/T1 service interface board to support IP/MPLS services carried over ML-PPPs on both user side and network side. For example, in the Offload scenario, services (such as voice service) that require high reliability can be carried over an SDH network through E1 private lines using ML-PPP. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
NOTE
An independent PPP link cannot carry service. PPP links must be added to an ML-PPP group to carry services.
TDM Figure 5-7 shows the application of the E1/T1 service interface board using the TDM protocol. Figure 5-7 Application of the E1 service interface board using the TDM protocol
The ATN device uses the E1 service interface board to access the TDM service, encapsulate the service signals into packets, and transparently transmit the packets through PWs over the PSN network. This achieves CES service emulation. For detailed information, see the chapter "CES application" in the Feature Description.
Comparison Between E1 Service Interface Boards Table 5-8 shows the E1/T1 service interface boards supported by the ATN device and the differences between the boards. Table 5-8 E1/T1 service interface boards Function
AND1ML1
AND2ML1A
AND1MD1A
AND1ML1A
AND2ML1B
AND1MD1B
Interface type
E1
E1
E1
T1
Number of interfaces
16
16
32
8
Interface impedance
AND1ML1: 75 ohm
AND2ML1A: 75 ohm
AND1MD1A: 75 ohm
100 ohm
AND1ML1A: 120 ohm
AND2ML1B: 120 ohm
AND1MD1B: 120 ohm
Interface clock mode
Master clock mode
Master/slave clock mode
Master/slave clock mode
Master/slave clock mode
Link-layer protocols
ATM, PPP, TDM
ATM, PPP, TDM
ATM, PPP, TDM
PPP, TDM
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
AND1MO1C
58
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function
Minimum number of timeslots in CE1 mode
5 ATN 910 Boards
AND1ML1
AND2ML1A
AND1MD1A
AND1ML1A
AND2ML1B
AND1MD1B
2
1
1
AND1MO1C
-
5.2.4 xDSL Service Interface Board The xDSL service interface board has similar functions to the xDSL modem, which enables higher reliability and easy management. The xDSL service interface board on an ATN device can be configured on the network side to transmit services upstream through xDSL signals. When no optical fiber is available, an ATN device can use the xDSL interface board to transmit base station services upstream through the existing copper lines. Figure 5-8 shows the position of the xDSL service interface board on a network. Figure 5-8 Network application of xDSL services
ATN boards support the following xDSL technologies: l
ADSL2+: has a long delay and asymmetric upstream and downstream bandwidth. The downstream bandwidth is higher than the upstream bandwidth. Therefore, the ADSL2+ is suitable to carry data services, especially HSDPA services.
l
VDSL2 is compatible with ADSL2+. VDSL2 has symmetrical upstream and downstream bandwidths, and 100 Mbit/s transmission in a short distance within 300 m. It is suitable to carry voice services, data services, and video services.
l
G.SHDSL: has a stable delay and symmetric upstream and downstream bandwidth. Compared with the ADSL2+, the G.SHDSL is suitable to carry high-priority services, such as voice services.
The combination of ADSL2+ line and G.SHDSL line meets requirements on data and voice services access. In addition, the Offload is also an important scenario in the mobile communication network. In other words, the received base station services are classified and transmitted by ATN devices. Traditional voice services (2G, 3G R99 CS) are transmitted using the E1 private line to ensure high QoS, low delay, and high reliability. High-bandwidth packet services, such as HSDPA services with low requirements on delay, are backhauled using the xDSL technology. For detailed information, see the chapter "xDSL application" in the Feature Description. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-9 shows the xDSL service interface boards supported by ATN devices and the differences between the boards. Table 5-9 xDSL service interface boards Item
AND1AVD8A
AND1AVD8A
AND1SHD4
AND1SHD4I
xDSL technology
ADSL2+
VDSL2
G.SHDSL
G.SHDSL
Number of interfaces
8
8
4
4
Number of binding groups
4
4
1
1
Working mode
ATM mode
PTM mode
ATM mode
IMA mode
EFM mode Maximum upstream rate
1.024 Mbit/s
50 Mbit/s
5.7 Mbit/s
2.3 Mbit/s
Maximum downstream rate
24 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
5.7 Mbit/s
2.3 Mbit/s
NTR clock
Not supported
Not supported
Supported
Supported
NOTE The AND1SHD4 in ATM mode supports SHDSL.bis. Both the AND1SHD4 and AND1SHD4I support one binding group. The difference is as follows: l When the AND1SHD4 is in ATM mode, interface binding needs to be manually configured. When the AND1SHD4 is in EFM mode, the ATN device automatically adapts to the interface binding configuration on the DSLAM. l The IMA binding group of the AND1SHD4I has a fixed number of member links, that is, 4. No manual configuration is required.
5.3 ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL - System Control, Crossconnect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit The ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL (CXPI/CXPL for short) is a control, cross-connect, and protocol processing board. The function version of the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL is ANC1. The ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL is housed in slots 1 and 2.
5.3.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL, there are indicators, buttons, and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-9 and Figure 5-10 show the appearances of the front panels of the ANC2CXPI/ ANC2CXPL. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-9 Appearance of the front panel of the ANC2CXPI
Figure 5-10 Appearance of the front panel of the ANC2CXPL
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the ANC1CXPI: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
PROG indicator, red or green, which indicates the running status of the program
l
SYNC indicator, red or green, which indicates the clock synchronization status
l
SRV indicator, which is reserved for later use
l
CRIT indicator, red, which indicates critical alarms
l
MAJ indicator, orange, which indicates major alarms
l
MIN indicator, yellow, which indicates minor alarms
l
GE L/A0 to GE L/A1, FE L/A0 to FE L/A3 indicators, orange or green, which indicate the connection status of the port NOTE
l Five pairs of Link and ACT indicators located above ETH/OAM interfaces and four FE service interfaces on the ANC2CXPI, which indicate the connection status of the Ethernet interface. l Five pairs of Link and ACT indicators located above ETH/OAM interfaces and four FE service interfaces on the ANC2CXPL, which indicate the connection status of the Ethernet interface.
For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Buttons The following buttons are present on the front panel of the ANC1CXPI: l
RST button, which is used for warm reset of the board. When you press the RST button and then release it, the board is reset (warm).
l
CF RCV button, which is used to restore the configuration data from the CF card. When you hold down the CF RCV button for five seconds, the equipment automatically restores the configuration data from the CF card.
l
LAMP button, which is used to test the indicators. When you press the LAMP button, except the service port indicators on the AND1EF8T, AND1EF8F, AND1AVD8A, AND1SHD4, AND1SHD4I, all the board indicators on the NE are on.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Interfaces Table 5-10 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL. Table 5-10 Interfaces on the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL Board
Interface Name
Interface Type
Usage
Corresponding Cable
ANC2CXPI
ETH/OAM
RJ-45
10M/100M interface for NM network port or NM serial port
For details, see 10.2 Management Cables.
RJ-45
ANC2CXPL
CLK0/ TOD0 CLK1/ TOD1
External time/clock input/output interface
For details, see 10.4 Clock Cables.
ANC2CXPI
ALMI/O
RJ-45
Alarm input/output interface
-
GE0, GE1
SFP
Input/output interface for GE optical/ electrical signals
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers and 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
ANC2CXPI
FE0 to FE3
SFP
Input/output interface for FE optical signals
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers.
ANC2CXPL
FE/GE0 to FE/GE3
SFP
Input/output interface for FE/GE optical signals
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers and 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
ANC2CXPI
FE4 to FE7
RJ-45
Input/output interface for FE electrical signals
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
ANC2CXPL
FE/GE4 to FE/GE7
RJ-45
Input/output interface for FE/GE electrical signals
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
ANC2CXPL ANC2CXPI
ANC2CXPL ANC2CXPI ANC2CXPL
Table 5-11 Pins of the ETH/OAM interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Usage
1
Transmit positive of the NM network port
2
Transmit negative of the NM network port
3
Receive positive of the NM network port
4
Grounding end of the NM serial port
5
Receive end of the NM serial port
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
5 ATN 910 Boards
Pin
Usage
6
Receive negative of the NM network port
7
Unspecified
8
Transmit end of the NM serial port
Table 5-12 Pins of the CLK0/TOD0 and CLK1/TOD1 interfaces Front View
87654321
Pin
Working Mode External Clock
External Time Input
External Time Output
(1PPS + Time Information)
(1PPS + Time Information)
1
Receive negative of the CLK
Unspecified
Unspecified
2
Receive positive of the CLK
Unspecified
Unspecified
3
Unspecified
Input negative for the 1PPS signal
Output negative for the 1PPS signal
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
4
Transmit negative of the CLK
Grounding end
Grounding end
5
Transmit positive of the CLK
Grounding end
Grounding end
6
Unspecified
Input positive for the 1PPS signal
Output positive for the 1PPS signal
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Input negative for the time information
Output negative for the time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Input positive for the time information
Output positive for the time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
7
8
Unspecified
Unspecified
NOTE The CLK0/TOD0 and CLK1/TOD1 interfaces can be configured so that they can work in one of the preceding three working modes.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-13 Pins of the ALMI/O interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Input for the digital parameter
2
Grounding end
3
Input for the digital parameter
4
Input for the digital parameter
5
Grounding end
6
Grounding end
7
Positive output for the digital parameter
8
Negative output for the digital parameter
Table 5-14 Description of the SFP interface Interface on the Front Panel
Supported Modules
Interface Type
Usage
GE0, GE1
GE optical module
LC
Input/Output interfaces for GE optical signals
GE electrical interface
RJ-45
Input/Output interfaces for GE electrical signals
FE0 to FE3
FE optical module
LC
Input/Output interfaces for FE optical signals
FE/GE0 to FE/ GE3
FE optical module
LC
Input/Output interfaces for FE optical signals
GE optical module
LC
Input/Output interfaces for GE optical signals
GE electrical interface
RJ-45
Input/Output interfaces for GE electrical signals
NOTE The GE SFP interface on the front panel can function as either an optical interface or an electrical interface. When the SFP interface functions as an optical interface, it needs to be used with an optical module; when the SFP interface functions as an electrical interface, it needs to be used with an electrical module.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-15 Pins of the FE electrical interface (FE4 to FE7) Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair 1
2
Negative of twisted pair 1
3
Positive of twisted pair 2
4
Unspecified
5
Unspecified
6
Negative of twisted pair 2
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Table 5-16 Pins of the GE electrical interface (FE/GE4 to FE/GE7) Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair 1
2
Negative of twisted pair 1
3
Positive of twisted pair 2
4
Positive of twisted pair 3
5
Negative of twisted pair 3
6
Negative of twisted pair 2
7
Positive of twisted pair 4
8
Negative of twisted pair 4
5.3.2 Functions and Features The ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL transmits, accesses and processes FE/GE signals, grooms services, performs the system control, processes the system clock, and provides auxiliary interfaces. Table 5-17 lists the functions and features of the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-17 Functions and features of the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Cross-connect capacity
ANC2CXPI: 6.8 Gbit/s ANC2CXPL: 12 Gbit/s
The ANC2CXPI provides four FE electrical interfaces, four FE SFP interfaces, and two GE SFP interfaces. The ANC2CXPL provides four FE/GE electrical interfaces, four FE/GE SFP interfaces, and two GE SFP interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board. Auxiliary interface function
Provides one NM serial port or NM network port to communicate with the NMS so that the NMS can manage and query the equipment. Provides two interfaces for inputting and outputting the external clock/time to obtain the external clock/time information. Provides one alarm input/output interface. The interface provides three inputs of alarm digital parameters.
Ethernet interface function
FE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules and FE electrical modules. GE SFP interfaces support GE optical modules and GE electrical modules. FE/GE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules, FE electrical modules, GE optical modules, and GE electrical modules. FE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s. FE/GE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, and 1000 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops. GE interfaces support the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes. Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
5 ATN 910 Boards
Description
NOTE l If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2. l When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2.
5.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL consists of the auxiliary interface module, control and communication module, service grooming and processing module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-11 shows the block diagram for the working principle (using an ANC2CXPL as an example). Figure 5-11 Block diagram for the working principle of the ANC1CXPL Backplane
Two external time/clock input/output interfaces NMS network port or NMS serial port
Alarm input/output interface
Auxiliary interface module
Alarm
Two external time/clock signals Each module on the board
Clock signal
Clock signal
Clock module
Interface boards
NMS signal
signal
Control and communication module
Management bus
Interface boards
Management bus 2 x GE signals 4 x FE/GE optical signals 4 x FE/GE electrical signals
Service grooming and processing module
Service bus
3.3V Each module on the board
Working power supply
Power supply module
12V -48V/-60V -48V/-60V
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Interface boards
Interface boards FAN System power supply System power supply
67
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Auxiliary Interface Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides two interfaces for inputting and outputting the external clock/time.
l
Provides one NM serial port or NM network port for communicating with the NMS, managing the equipment, and querying the equipment.
l
Reserves one alarm input/output interface.
Control and Communication Module This module performs the following functions: l
Configures and monitors the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL and the entire system.
l
Enables the communication through the NM serial port or NM network port.
Service Grooming and Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses and processes 2 x GE optical/electrical signals.
l
Accesses and processes 4 x FE electrical signals.
l
Accesses and processes 4 x FE optical signals.
l
Processes the service signals accessed by the interface boards.
l
Grooms services with 6.8 Gbit/s switching capacity in the full-duplex mode.
l
Accesses and processes 4 x FE (ANC2CXPI) optical signals and 4 x FE/GE (ANC2CXPL) optical signals.
l
Accesses and processes 4 x FE (ANC2CXPI) electrical signals and 4 x FE/GE (ANC2CXPL) electrical signals.
l
Processes the service signals accessed by the interface boards.
l
Grooms services with 6.8 Gbit/s (ANC2CXPI) and 12 Gbit/s (ANC2CXPL) switching capacity in the full-duplex mode.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the system clock signals and processes the clock signals from the service boards and the external clock/time interfaces.
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the CXPI.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
l
Accesses two -48 V or -60 V DC power supplies.
l
Supplies working power for each module on the CXPI.
l
Supplies 12 V power for the FAN board.
l
Supplies 3.3 V power for the interface board.
5.3.4 CF Card and DIP Switch A board has a set of DIP switches and a hot-swappable CF card.
CF Card and DIP Switch Locations Figure 5-12 shows the locations of the CF card and DIP switches on ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL. Figure 5-12 Locations of the CF card and DIP switches on ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL. CF Card
DIP Switch
ON DIP
1 2 3 4
CF Card The size of the CF card on ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL is 512 MB. The CF card is used to backup data and load packages.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
DIP Switch
NOTICE l This operation should be executed with caution. Use it under the guidance of technical personnel. l After the configuration file is deleted, reset the DIP switches to 0, 0, 0, and 0. In this way, you do not need to delete the configuration file at each startup. l The numeral indicates 1, and the letter indicates 0. l The device password is deleted when the configuration file is deleted. You can use the DIP switches to delete the configuration file loaded on the device. Set DIP switches on ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL to 1, 1, 0, and 1. During startup, the device deletes the loaded configuration file based on the DIF switch status.After the password is deleted, you are required to enter a new password when a PC is connected to the device through the console interface. NOTE
If no PC is connected to the device through the console interface, you can check whether the password is deleted based on the indicator status. The password is deleted at the stage when the BIOS is guiding the upper-layer software during the device startup. At this stage, the green PROG indicator is on for 300 ms and off for 300 ms. To reset the DIP switches to 0, 0, 0, and 0, you are advised to remove the board after the STAT and PROG indicators become green.
5.3.5 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL cover the interface specifications, board dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Interface Specifications l
For the specifications of the FE electrical interface, see Table 5-18.
l
For the specifications of the FE/GE electrical interface, see Table 5-19.
l
For the specification of the swappable FE optical/electrical modules supported at an FE (SFP) interface, see Table 5-20 and Table 5-22.
l
For the specifications of the swappable GE optical/electrical modules supported at a GE (SFP) interface, see Table 5-21 and Table 5-23.
l
For the specifications of the swappable FE/GE optical/electrical modules supported at an FE/GE (SFP) interface, see Table 5-20, Table 5-21, Table 5-22, and Table 5-23. NOTE
The specifications of an SFP interface on a board depend on the optical/electrical module on the board. For the specifications of the optical/module modules on a board, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-18 Specifications of the FE electrical interface Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Table 5-19 Specifications of the FE/GE electrical interface Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Table 5-20 Information about FE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 5-21 Information about GE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060286
eSFP, 850 nm, LC, Multi-mode, 0.5 km
34060473
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
S4016954
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060360
eSFP, 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060483
eSFP, 1471nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060481
eSFP, 1491nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060479
eSFP, 1511nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060482
eSFP, 1521nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Commercial
Two-fiber bidirectional CWDM Commercial
71
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Code
Optical Module Information
34060478
eSFP, 1551nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060476
eSFP, 1571nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060477
eSFP, 1591nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060480
eSFP, 1611nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060475
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060470
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060539
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060540
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060595
eSFP, Tx 1570 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060596
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1570 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
5 ATN 910 Boards
Remarks
Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 5-22 Information about FE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100101
100BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
Table 5-23 Information about GE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100080
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
34100052
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, Auto Negotiate, 100 m
Other Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.3 (H) x 226.0 (D) x 388.4 (W)(0.80 in.×8.90 in.×15.29 in.) Board weight: 1.08 kg(2.38 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 28.0 (ANC2CXPI), 29.5 (ANC2CXPL)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.4 AND1EG4T - 4 Channels FE/GE Adaptive Electronic Interface Board The AND1EG4T board (EG4T for short) is a 4 channels FE/GE adaptive electrical interface board whose functional version is AND1. The AND1EG4T board can be housed in any of slots 3 and 4 in the chassis.
5.4.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EG4T board, there are one indicator and four interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-13 shows the front panel of the AND1EG4T board. Figure 5-13 Appearance of the front panel
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EG4T board: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the connection status of the port
l
ACT indicator, yellow, which indicates the data transceiving status of the port NOTE
There are four LINK indicators and eight ACT indicators. One LINK indicator and one ACT indicator are present above each FE/GE service interface.
For details on the meaning of the indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces On the AND1EG4T board, four interfaces are present. Table 5-24 lists the types and usage of the interfaces.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-24 Types and usage of interfaces on the AND1EF4T Interface on the Front Panel
Interfac e Type
Usage
Pin
Corresponding Cable
FE/GE0FE/GE3
RJ-45
Input/output interfaces for FE/GE electrical signals
For details, see Table 5-25 and Table 5-26.
For details, see10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
Table 5-25 Pins for the FE electrical interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair cable 1
2
Negative of twisted pair cable 1
3
Positive of twisted pair cable 2
4
Unspecified
5
Unspecified
6
Negative of twisted pair cable 2
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Table 5-26 Pins for the GE electrical interface Front View
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair cable 1
2
Negative of twisted pair cable 1
3
Positive of twisted pair cable 2
4
Positive of twisted pair cable 3
5
Negative of twisted pair cable 3
6
Negative of twisted pair cable 2
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
5 ATN 910 Boards
Pin
Usage
7
Positive of twisted pair cable 4
8
Negative of twisted pair cable 4
5.4.2 Functions and Features The AND1EG4T provides four FE/GE service interfaces (two groups) and works with the control board to transmit, receive, and process four FE/GE electrical services. Table 5-27 lists the functions and features of the AND1EG4T board. Table 5-27 Functions and features of the AND1EG4T board Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides four FE/GE electrical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports signals at 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports the master/slave port mode. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2. On the front panel of the AND1EG4T, the first two FE/GE interfaces are considered as one group and the other two FE/GE interfaces on the back are considered as another group. The service access ability of the AND1EG4T is 2 Gbit/s and that of each interface group is 1 Gbit/s. The two interfaces of each group share the group bandwidth.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.4.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EG4T board consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power module. Figure 5-14 shows the functional block diagram of the AND1EG4T board. Figure 5-14 Functional block diagram of the AND1EG4T board Backplane 4 x FE/GE signals
Service access module
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
CXP
Management bus
CXP
Each module on the board
3.3 V 3.0 V 2.5 V 1.2 V
Power supply module
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
In the Transmit Direction When receiving service packets from the control board, the EG4T board sends them to the service processing module through backplane interfaces. The service processing module identifies the destination ports for the service packets, buffers and schedules them accordingly. Then the service packets are sent to the service access module, where coding/decoding, parallel/serial conversion, and E/O conversion are performed. Finally, the service packets are sent through FE/ GE ports on the front panel.
In the Receive Direction The AND1EG4T board receives service packets from FE/GE ports on the front panel and sends them to the service access module, where coding/decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and O/E conversion are performed. Then the service packets are sent to the service processing module. When receiving the service packets, the service processing module buffers and schedules them based on the service access capability of the AND1EG4T board and access bandwidth configurations at each port. Finally, the service packets are sent out through backplane interfaces.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
In the receive direction, it receives FE/GE services through FE/GE ports on the front panel, performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding, and then sends the service packets to the service processing module. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
5 ATN 910 Boards
In the transmit direction, it receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, parallel/serial conversion, and E/O conversion, and then sends the service packets through FE/GE ports on the front panel.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, it receives and buffers service packets from the interface conversion module. Then, it schedules the service packets based on the service access capability of the EG4T board and access bandwidth configurations at each port. Finally, it sends the service packets through backplane interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, it receives service packets from the control board, identifies the destination ports for the packets, buffers and schedules them based on the service access capability of the board and bandwidth configurations at each port. Finally, it sends the service packets to the service access module.
l
It extracts synchronous Ethernet clock signals.
l
It extracts and inserts IEEE 1588v2 packets.
Management Module This module works with the control board to manage and control each module on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EG4T board.
l
Supports synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588v2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module provides the following DC voltages for the modules on the board: l
3.3 V
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.2 V
5.4.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1EG4T board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 5-28 lists the specifications of the electrical interfaces on the AND1EG4T board. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-28 Specifications of the FE/GE electrical interface Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (height) x 225.75 (depth) x 193.8 (width)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.50(1.10 lb) Power consumption at room temperature (W): 10.0
5.5 AND1EF8T - 8 Channels Fast Ethernet Electric Interface Board The AND1EF8T (EF8T for short) is an 8 channels Fast Ethernet electric interface board. The function version of the EF8T is AND1. The EF8T is housed in slot 3 or slot 4.
5.5.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EF8T, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-15 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EF8T. Figure 5-15 Font panel of the AND1EF8T
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EF8T: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the connection status of the port
l
ACT indicator, yellow, which indicates the data transceiving status of the port
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
NOTE
There are eight LINK indicators and eight ACT indicators. One LINK indicator and one ACT indicator are present above each FE service interface.
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface Table 5-29 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EF8T. Table 5-29 Types and usage of interfaces on the AND1EF8T Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Pin
Correspondin g Cable
FE0 - FE7
RJ45
Input/output interfaces for FE electrical signals
For details, see Table 5-30.
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
NOTE The FE0 to FE7 interfaces support auto-adaptation to a straight-through cable or a crossover cable.
Table 5-30 Pins of the RJ45 connector of the AND1EF8T Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair 1
2
Negative of twisted pair 1
3
Positive of twisted pair 2
4
Unspecified
5
Unspecified
6
Negative of twisted pair 2
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
5.5.2 Functions and Features The AND1EF8T mainly transmits/accesses 8 x FE electrical signals, and processes the services with the control board. Table 5-31 lists the functions and features of the AND1EF8T. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-31 Functions and features of the AND1EF8T Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight FE electrical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports signals at 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2/IEEE 1588 ACR.
5.5.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EF8T mainly consists of the access and convergence module, control driver module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-16 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EF8T. Figure 5-16 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EF8T Backplane 8 x FE electrical signals
Access and convergence module
Service bus
Management bus
Control driver module
Service bus
CXP CXP
Clock signals Clock signals
Each module on the board
3.3 V 1.2 V
Each module on the board
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Clock module
Power supply module
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Clock signals
-48 V/-60 V -48 V/-60 V
CXP
System power supply System power supply
80
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Access and Convergence Module This module performs the following functions: l
Transmits and receives 8 x FE electrical signals.
l
Buffers FE signals to avoid packet loss.
l
Provides flow control frames to control the number of packets.
l
Processes the IEEE 1588V2 packets.
Control Driver Module This module performs the following functions: l
Detects the system status through the management bus. – Detects any fault of the system control board. – Detects whether board is loosened from the slot. – Detects the voltage and temperature.
l
Realizes the hot swappable function of the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the board.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two -48 V DC or -60 V DC power supplies.
l
Supplies 3.3 V and 1.2 V power for the EF8T.
5.5.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1EF8T include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 5-32 lists the specifications of the electrical interfaces of the AND1EF8T. Table 5-32 Specifications of the FE electrical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Item
Specification Requirement
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.53(1.17 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 9.0
5.6 AND1EG2 - 2 Channels GE Optical Interface Board The AND1EG2 (EG2 for short) is a two channels GE optical interface board. The function version of the EG2 is AND1. The AND1EG2 is housed in slot 3 or slot 4.
5.6.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EG2, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-17 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EG2. Figure 5-17 Front panel of the AND1EG2
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EG2. l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK0 to LINK1 indicators, green, which indicate the connection status of the port
l
ACT0 to ACT1 indicators, yellow, which indicate the data transceiving status of the port
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces Two SFP interfaces are present on the AND1EG2. Table 5-33 list the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EG2. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-33 Types and usage of optical interfaces on the AND1EG2 Interface on the Front Panel
Interf ace Type
Usage
Correspond ing Fiber
Optical module
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input interface for the GE optical signal.
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers.
IN0, IN1
When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is not used. OUT0, OUT1
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an output interface for the GE optical signal. When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input/output interface for the GE optical signal.
5.6.2 Functions and Features The AND1EG2 mainly transmits/receives 2 x GE signals, and processes the services with the control board. Table 5-34 lists the functions and features of the AND1EG2. Table 5-34 Functions and Features of the AND1EG2 Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides two GE interfaces (SFP). Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports only GE optical modules. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.6.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EG2 mainly consists of the interface conversion module, control driving module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-18 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EG2. Figure 5-18 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EG2 Backplane
2 x GE signals
Interface conversion module
Service bus
Management bus
Control driver module
CXP
Service bus
CXP
Clock signals
Clock signals
Clock module
Each module on the board
3.3 V 1.2 V
Each module on the board
Power supply module
Clock signals
CXP
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
Interface Conversion Module This module performs the following functions: l
Transmits and receives 2 x GE services.
l
Supports SFP interfaces. Select a proper module for single-mode or multi-mode transmission over a specified distance.
Control Driving Module This module performs the following functions: l
Detects the system status through the management bus. – Detects any fault of the system control board. – Detects whether board is loosened from the slot. – Detects the voltage and temperature.
l
Realizes the hot swappable function of the board.
Clock module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the AND1EG2.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
5 ATN 910 Boards
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two -48 V DC or -60 V DC power supplies.
l
Supplies 3.3 V or 1.2 V power for each module on the AND1EG2.
5.6.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1EG2 include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable optical modules supported by SFP interfaces on the AND1EG2 board, see Table 5-35. The interface specifications depend on the optical modules on the board. For details on the optical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules. Table 5-35 Information about GE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060286
eSFP, 850 nm, LC, Multi-mode, 0.5 km
34060473
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
S4016954
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060360
eSFP, 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060483
eSFP, 1471nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060481
eSFP, 1491nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060479
eSFP, 1511nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060482
eSFP, 1521nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060478
eSFP, 1551nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060476
eSFP, 1571nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060477
eSFP, 1591nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060480
eSFP, 1611nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060475
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060470
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Commercial
Two-fiber bidirectional CWDM Commercial
Single-fiber bidirectional
85
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060539
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Commercial
34060540
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060595
eSFP, Tx 1570 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060596
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1570 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) (0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.52(1.15 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 5.9
5.7 AND1EG4F - 4 Channels FE/GE Adaptive Optical Interface Board The AND1EG4F (EG4F for short) is a four channels FE/GE adaptive optical interface board . The function version of the EG4F is AND1. The AND1EG4F is housed in slot 3 or slot 4.
5.7.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EG4F, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-19 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EG4F. Figure 5-19 Appearance of the front panel of the AND1EG4F
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EG4F: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
L/A0 to L/A3 indicators, green or orange, which indicate the port connection status and data transmit/receive status
For details on indications of the indicators, see 12.1 Indicators. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Interfaces There are four SFP interfaces on the AND1EG4F. Table 5-36 lists the types and usage of the interfaces. Table 5-36 Types and usage of interfaces on the AND1EG4F Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Correspo nding Cable
Optical module
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input interface for the FE/GE optical signal.
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers.
IN0 to IN3
When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is not used. OUT0 to OUT3
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an output interface for the FE/GE optical signal. When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input/output interface for the FE/GE optical signal.
Electrical module
OUT0 IN0, OUT3 IN3
RJ-45
Input/Output interfaces for GE electrical signals
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
NOTE The GE SFP interface on the front panel can function as either an optical interface or an electrical interface. When the SFP interface functions as an optical interface, it needs to be used with an optical module; when the SFP interface functions as an electrical interface, it needs to be used with an electrical module.
5.7.2 Functions and Features The AND1EG4F provides four FE/GE service interfaces (two groups). The AND1EG4F is used with the control board to transmit, receive, and process four channels of FE/GE optical services. Table 5-37 lists the functions and features of the AND1EG4F.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-37 Functions and features of the AND1EG4F Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides four FE/GE interfaces (SFP). Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports FE optical modules, FE electrical modules, GE optical modules, GE electrical modules. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE On the front panel of the AND1EG4F, the first two FE/GE interfaces are considered as one group and the other two FE/GE interfaces on the back are considered as another group. The service access ability of the AND1EG4F is 2 Gbit/s and that of each interface group is 1 Gbit/s. The two interfaces of each group share the group bandwidth. If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2/IEEE 1588 ACR.
5.7.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EG4F consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-20 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1EG4F. Figure 5-20 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1EG4F Backplane 4 x FE/GE signals
Service access module
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
CXP
Management bus
CXP
Each module on the board
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
3.3 V 3.0 V 2.5 V 1.2 V
Power supply module
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
88
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Transmit Direction The service packets from the control board are sent to the service processing module through the backplane-side interface of the AND1EG4F. The service processing module identifies the destination interfaces for the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Then, the service processing module sends the processed packets to the service access module, where coding/ decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and E/O conversion are performed. Finally, the service access module outputs the packets through the FE/GE interfaces on the front panel.
Receive Direction The FE/GE interfaces on the front panel receive FE/GE service signals. Then, the service access module performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding on the services, and then sends the services to the service processing module. The service processing module buffers the service packets, schedules the packets based on the service access capability of the EG4F and the access bandwidth setting at each interface, and finally outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the FE/GE services from the interfaces on the front panel, performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding, and then sends the services to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and E/O conversion on the packets, and then outputs the packets through the FE/GE interfaces on the front panel.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives and buffers the service packets from the interface conversion module. Then, this module schedules packets from different interfaces based on the access capability of the EG4F and the access bandwidth settings at these interfaces. Finally, this module outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service packets from the control board, identifies the destination interfaces of the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets based on the access capability of the EG4F and the access bandwidth setting at each interface. Finally, this module outputs the packets to the service access module.
l
This module extracts the synchronous Ethernet clock.
l
This module extracts and inserts IEEE 1588 V2 packets.
Management Module This module is used with the control board to manage and control each module on the EG4F. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EG4F.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and SSM protocols.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588 V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module provides the DC power of the following specifications to each module on the EG4F. l
3.3 V
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.2 V
5.7.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1EG4F include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable FE/GE optical/electrical modules supported by SFP interfaces on the AND1EG4F board, see Table 5-38, Table 5-39, Table 5-40, Table 5-40, and Table 5-41. The interface specifications depend on the optical/electrical modules on the board. For details on the optical/electrical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules. Table 5-38 Information about FE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 5-39 Information about GE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060286
eSFP, 850 nm, LC, Multi-mode, 0.5 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060473
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial
S4016954
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060360
eSFP, 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060483
eSFP, 1471nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060481
eSFP, 1491nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060479
eSFP, 1511nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060482
eSFP, 1521nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060478
eSFP, 1551nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060476
eSFP, 1571nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060477
eSFP, 1591nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060480
eSFP, 1611nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060475
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060470
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060539
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060540
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060595
eSFP, Tx 1570 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060596
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1570 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
Two-fiber bidirectional CWDM Commercial
Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 5-40 Information about FE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100101
100BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
Table 5-41 Information about GE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100080
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
34100052
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, Auto Negotiate, 100 m
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) (0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.) Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Weight (kg): 0.50 (1.10 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 13.2
5.8 AND1EF8F - 8 Channels Fast Ethernet Optical Interface Board The AND1EF8F (EF8F for short) is an 8 channels Fast Ethernet optical interface board. The function version of the EF8F is AND1. The AND1EF8F is housed in slot 3 or slot 4.
5.8.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EF8F, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-21 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EF8F. Figure 5-21 Font panel of the AND1EF8F
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EF8F: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK0 to LINK7 indicators, green, which indicate the connection status of the port
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces Eight SFP interfaces are present on the AND1EF8F. Table 5-42 lists the types and usage of the interfaces.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-42 Interfaces of the AND1EF8F Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Corresponding Fiber
IN0 - IN7
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input interface for the FE optical signal.
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers.
OUT0 OUT7
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an output interface for the FE optical signal.
NOTE The SFP interface should be used with an optical module. l When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, two LC interfaces are provided on the left and right sides of the optical module. Each interface uses one fiber, which is used to transmit or receive service signals. l When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, only one LC interface is provided on the left side of the optical module. This optical interface uses only one fiber, which is used to transmit and receive service signals at the same time.
5.8.2 Functions and Features The AND1EF8F mainly transmits/receives 8 x FE optical signals, and processes the services with the control board. Table 5-43 lists the functions and features of the AND1EF8F. Table 5-43 Functions and features of the AND1EF8F Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Supports eight FE interfaces (SFP). Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports FE optical modulesand FE electrical modules. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
5 ATN 910 Boards
Description Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2.
5.8.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EF8F mainly consists of the access and convergence module, control driver module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-22 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EF8F. Figure 5-22 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EF8F Backplane
8 x FE optical signals
Access and convergence module
Service bus
Management bus
Control driver module
Service bus
CXP CXP
Clock signals
Clock signals
Each module on the board Each module on the board
Clock module
3.3 V 1.2 V
Clock signals
Power supply module
CXP
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
Access and Convergence Module This module performs the following functions: l
Transmits/receives 8 x FE optical signals.
l
Buffers FE signals to avoid packet loss.
l
Provides flow control frames to control the number of packets.
l
Processes the IEEE 1588V2 packets.
Control Driver Module This module performs the following functions: l Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Detects the system status through the management control bus. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
– Checks whether any fault occurs on the system control board. – Detects whether board is loosened from the slot. – Detects the voltage and temperature. l
Realizes the hot swappable function of the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EF8F.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and the SSM protocol.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two - 48 V DC or - 60 V DC power supplies.
l
Supplies 3.3 V and 1.2 V power for the EF8F.
5.8.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1EF8F include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable FE/GE optical/electrical modules supported by SFP interfaces on the AND1EF8F board, see Table 5-44 and Table 5-45. The interface specifications depend on the optical/electrical modules on the board. For details on the optical/electrical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules. Table 5-44 Information about FE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
95
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-45 Information about FE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100101
100BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) (0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.55(1.21 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 12.9
5.9 AND1ML1/AND1ML1A - 16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board The functional version of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A is AND1.. NOTE
The AND1ML1 and AND1ML1A have the same functions and features except for the matched impedance (AND1ML1: 75 ohms E1; AND1ML1A: 120 ohms E1).
5.9.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-23 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1ML1. Figure 5-23 Front panel of the AND1ML1
Figure 5-24 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1ML1A. Figure 5-24 Front panel of the AND1ML1A
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There is one Anea 96 interface on the front panel of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A. Table 5-46 lists the type and usage of the interface. For cables corresponding to the interfaces, see 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables. Table 5-46 Type and usage of the interface on the front panel of the ML1 Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage AND1ML1
AND1ML1A
1 - 16
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the first to sixteenth channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the first to sixteenth channels of E1 services.
Table 5-47 lists the pins of the Anea 96 interface. Table 5-47 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5
Rx2
Rx3
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Tx2
31
Tx3
32 Rx4
10 11
29 30
8 9
Tx1
28
6 7
27
33
Tx4
34 Rx5
35
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Tx5 97
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
Connector Pin
5 ATN 910 Boards
Usage
12 13
Rx6
Rx7
Rx8
Rx9
R x 10
R x 11
R x 12
R x 13
56
Tx9
45
T x 10
47
T x 11
73
T x 12
75
T x 13
76 R x 14
54 55
43
74
52 53
Tx8
48
50 51
41
46
24 49
Tx7
44
22 23
39
42
20 21
Tx6
40
18 19
37 38
16 17
Usage
36
14 15
Connector Pin
77
T x 14
78 R x 15
79
T x 15
80
5.9.2 Functions and Features The AND1ML1 is a 75-ohm E1 board and the AND1ML1A is a 120-ohm E1 board. The AND1ML1/ML1A can access a maximum of 16 x E1 signals, supports flexible configuration of different services on each port, and is hot swappable. Table 5-48 lists functions and features of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-48 Functions and features of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides 16 E1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Impedance supported by the interface
AND1ML1: 75 ohm AND1ML1A: 120 ohm
Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports the master clock mode (unconfigurable). Supports the HDB3 line coding (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. ATM
Number of supported ATM E1 services
16
Number of supported IMA groups
16
Maximum number of E1 links in each IMA group
16
Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the Nto-1 (N≤32) or 1-to-1 format. Supports the ATM bundle function.
TDM
Number of supported PVCs/ PVPs
256
Number of supported local ATM CCCs
32
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
64
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Supports the timeslot compression function. For services in CESoPSN mode, a minimum of 2 timeslots can be bundled during serial port configuration. Supports the fractional E1. Different timeslots of an E1 can be bound to different CES PWs.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
5 ATN 910 Boards
Remarks
PPP
Clock
Number of supported local TDM CCCs
8
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
16
Number of supported PPP links
16
Number of supported MLPPP groups
8
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
5.9.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1ML1/AND1ML1A mainly consists of the control module, line-side processing module, system-side processing module, backplane interface module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-25shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A. Figure 5-25 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A Backplane 1.2 V To each module
16 x E1 signals
Line-side processing module
Service bus
-48 V/-60 V
1.26 V
System-side
Service bus
processing module
Backplane interface module
Management bus Management bus
To each module
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Clock signals
-48 V/-60 V
Power supply module
2.5 V 3.3 V
Control module
Clock module
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3.3 V
Service bus Service bus
Serial management bus
Active CXP Standby CXP
CXP
Clock signals CXP
100
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
In Transmit Direction The AND1ML1/AND1ML1A first distributes the signals in Ethernet packets from the backplane to different protocol processing chips according to the service types. The system-side processing module decapsulates the concatenated services and buffers the services in queues. Then, this module schedules the egress queues according to the service types, processes and converts the services, and finally sends the services to the line-side processing module. The line-side processing module performs coding, dejitter, pulse shaping, and line driving for the services, and finally sends the services to E1 interfaces.
In Receive Direction The line processing module performs impedance match, signal equalization, signal level conversion, clock data recovery, dejitter, and decoding for the accessed E1 signals. Then, the signals are sent into the system-side processing module, which frames the signals, encapsulates the IMA, CES, and ML-PPP services in PWE3, and schedules PWs. Finally, this module sends the signals in Ethernet packets to the backplane interface module.
Line-Side Processing Module In the receive channel, this module performs impedance match, signal equalization, electrical level conversion, clock data recovery, dejitter, and decoding to signals. In the transmit channel, this module performs encoding, dejitter, pulse shaping, and line driving to signals.
System-Side Processing Module This module frames 16 x E1 signals, runs the CES, IMA, and ML-PPP protocols, and performs PWE3 encapsulation.
Backplane Interface Module The service bus receives or transmits service signals.
Control Module This module controls the reading and writing on the chip, resets the chip, and detects faults in the chip. When used with the control board, this module controls the board.
Clock Module This module provides various clock signals for the board to operate normally, detects clocks, and selects the line recovery clock.
Power Supply Module This module converts the -48 V DC/-60 V DC voltage to DC voltages required by each module on the board. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.9.4 Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A include the interface specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Table 5-49 lists the specifications of the interfaces on the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A. Table 5-49 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A Item
Specification Requirement
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohms (AND1ML1) 120 ohms (AND1ML1A)
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.56(1.23 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 13.1
5.10 AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B - 16 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B (ML1A/ML1B for short) is a 16 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the ML1A/ML1B is AND2. The AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. NOTE
The mapping impedance of an interface on the AND2ML1A is 75 ohm, and the mapping impedance of an interface on the AND2ML1B is 120 ohm. Except the difference of mapping impedance, the functions and features of the AND2ML1A and AND2ML1B are the same.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.10.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearances of the Front Panel Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 show the appearances of the front panel of the AND2ML1A/ AND2ML1B. Figure 5-26 Front panels of the AND2ML1A
Figure 5-27 Front panels of the AND2ML1B
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There is one Anea 96 interface on the front panel of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B. Table 5-50 lists the type and usage of the interfaces. 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120Ohm 16 x E1 Cables list the cables corresponding to the interfaces. Table 5-50 Type and usage of the interfaces on the front panel of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage AND2ML1A
AND2ML1B
0 - 15
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-51 lists the pins of the Anea 96 interface. Table 5-51 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5
Rx2
Rx3
Rx4
Rx5
Rx6
Rx7
Rx8
Rx9
R x 10
R x 11
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Tx6
39
Tx7
41
Tx8
43
Tx9
45
T x 10
47
T x 11
48 R x 12
50 51
37
46
24 49
Tx5
44
22 23
35
42
20 21
Tx4
40
18 19
33
38
16 17
Tx3
36
14 15
31
34
12 13
Tx2
32
10 11
29 30
8 9
Tx1
28
6 7
27
73
T x 12
74 R x 13
75
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
T x 13
104
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
5 ATN 910 Boards
Connector Pin
Usage
52 53
Usage
76 R x 14
54 55
Connector Pin
77
T x 14
78 R x 15
56
79
T x 15
80
5.10.2 Functions and Features AND2ML1A is a 75-ohm E1 board and the AND2ML1B is a 120-ohm E1 board. The AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B must be used with the system control board to access and process 16 channels of E1 services. Services at interfaces on the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B can be flexibly configured, and protocols such as ATM E1, IMA, CES, and ML-PPP are supported. Table 5-52 lists the functions and features of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B. Table 5-52 Functions and features of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides 16 E1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Impedance supported by the interface
AND2ML1A: 75 ohms AND2ML1B: 120 ohms
Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports the master/slave clock mode. Supports the HDB3 line coding (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. ATM
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Number of supported ATM E1 services
16
Number of supported IMA groups
16
Maximum number of E1 links in each IMA group
16
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
5 ATN 910 Boards
Remarks Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the Nto-1 (N≤32) or 1-to-1 format. Supports the ATM bundle function.
TDM
Number of supported PVCs/ PVPs
256
Number of supported local ATM CCCs
32
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
64
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Supports the timeslot compression function. For services in CESoPSN mode, a minimum of 1 timeslots can be bundled during serial port configuration. Supports the fractional E1. Different timeslots of an E1 can be bound to different CES PWs.
PPP
Clock
Number of supported local TDM CCCs
8
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
16
Number of supported PPP links
16
Number of supported MLPPP groups
8
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
5.10.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-28 shows the functional block diagram of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-28 Functional block diagram of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B Backplane 16 x E1
Service access module
Service signal Management bus
Line clocks
3.3V . . .
Service signal CXP
Management bus
Management module
Clock module
Service processing module
. . .
1V
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
System clocks Line clocks
CXP
CXP CXP
Transmit Direction The service signals from the control board are sent to the service processing module. The service processing module performs PWE3 decapsulation and PW scheduling for the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, performs the E1 framing function, and sends the service signals to the service access module. The service access module performs encoding and line drive for the signals and outputs the signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
Receive Direction The board accesses service signals through the backplane-side interfaces, and then the signals are sent to the service access module. The service access module performs interference isolation, lightning-proof, impedance matching, level conversion, signal balancing, decoding, and then sends the processed signals to the service processing module. The service processing module performs E1 framing, processes service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, implements PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, and sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module isolates common mode interference, protects circuits against transient failures, matches the impedance in the receive direction with the internal impedance, and performs level conversion, balancing, and decoding for the service signals. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the service processing module, encodes the signals, drives the line, and outputs the service signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
This module recovers the line clock.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the signals from the service access module and performs E1 framing. This module also identifies protocol types of the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols (for example, addition and deletion of IMA group members, VP/VC switching and concatenation of ATM cells, vacant slot compression of CES services, and setup of MLPPP groups). Then, this module performs PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, Finally, this module converts the processed signals to high-rate signals, and then sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the high-rate signals from the control board through the backplane-side interfaces and recovers low-rate service signals. Then, this module performs PWE3 decapsulation, identifies different protocols and processes the service signals, and completes E1 framing. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service access module.
Management Module This module manages and controls each module on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
When used with the control board, processes the recovered line clock.
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the board.
Power Supply Module This module converts the input DC voltage into various DC voltages required by each module on the board.
5.10.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 5-53 lists the specifications of the interfaces on the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B. Table 5-53 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B Item
Specification Requirement
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohms (ML1A) 120 ohms (ML1B)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Item
Specification Requirement
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.44(0.97 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 9.5
5.11 AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B - 32 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B (MD1A/MD1B for short) is a 32 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the MD1A/MD1B is AND1. The AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B is housed in slot 3 or slot 4. NOTE
The mapping impedance of an interface on the AND1MD1A is 75 ohms, and the mapping impedance of an interface on the AND1MD1B is 120 ohms. Except the difference of mapping impedance, the functions and features of the AND1MD1A and AND1MD1B are the same.
5.11.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearances of the Front Panel Figure 5-29 shows the appearances of the front panel of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-29 Front panels of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There are two Anea 96 interfaces on the front panel of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B. Table 5-54 lists the type and usage of the interfaces. 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120Ohm 16 x E1 Cables list the cables corresponding to the interfaces. Table 5-54 Type and usage of the interfaces on the front panel of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B Interfac e on the Front Panel
Interfac e Type
Usage AND1MD1A
AND1MD1B
0 to 15
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
16 to 31
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the sixteenth to thirty-first channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the sixteenth to thirty-first channels of E1 services.
Table 5-55 lists the pins of the Anea 96 interface.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-55 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5
Rx2
Rx3
Rx4
Rx5
Rx6
Rx7
Rx8
Rx9
R x 10
R x 11
R x 12
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
39
Tx7
41
Tx8
43
Tx9
45
T x 10
47
T x 11
73
T x 12
74 R x 13
52 53
Tx6
48
50 51
37
46
24 49
Tx5
44
22 23
35
42
20 21
Tx4
40
18 19
33
38
16 17
Tx3
36
14 15
31
34
12 13
Tx2
32
10 11
29 30
8 9
Tx1
28
6 7
27
75
T x 13
76 R x 14
77
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
T x 14 111
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
5 ATN 910 Boards
Connector Pin
Usage
54 55
Connector Pin
Usage
78 R x 15
56
79
T x 15
80
5.11.2 Functions and Features The AND1MD1A is a 75-ohm E1 board and the AND1MD1B is a 120-ohm E1 board. The AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B must be used with the system control board to access and process 32 channels of E1 services. Services at interfaces on the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B can be flexibly configured, and protocols such as ATM E1, IMA, CES, and ML-PPP are supported. Table 5-56 lists the functions and features of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B. Table 5-56 Functions and features of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides 32 E1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Impedance supported by the interface
AND1MD1A: 75 ohms AND1MD1B: 120 ohms
Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports the master/slave clock mode. Supports the HDB3 line coding (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. ATM
Number of supported ATM E1 services
32
Number of supported IMA groups
32
Maximum number of E1 links in each IMA group
16a
Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the Nto-1 (N≤32) or 1-to-1 format.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
5 ATN 910 Boards
Remarks Supports the ATM bundle function.
TDM
Number of supported PVCs/ PVPs
512
Number of supported local ATM CCCs
64
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
128
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Supports the timeslot compression function. For services in CESoPSN mode, a minimum of 1 timeslots can be bundled during serial port configuration. Supports fractional E1. Different timeslots of an E1 can be bound to different CES PWs.
PPP
Clock
Number of supported local TDM CCCs
16
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
32
Number of supported PPP links
32
Number of supported MLPPP groups
16
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16b
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
NOTE a: In the case of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B, the links corresponding to the former 16 and latter 16 E1 ports cannot be bundled to an IMA group. b: In the case of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B, the links corresponding to the former 16 and latter 16 E1 ports cannot be bundled to an ML-PPP group.
5.11.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-30 shows the functional block diagram of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-30 Functional block diagram of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B Backplane 32 x E1
Service access module
Service signal Management bus
Line clocks
3.3V . . .
Service signal CXP
Management bus
Management module
Clock module
Service processing module
. . .
1V
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
System clocks Line clocks
CXP
CXP CXP
Transmit Direction The service signals from the control board are sent to the service processing module. The service processing module performs PWE3 decapsulation and PW scheduling for the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, performs the E1 framing function, and sends the service signals to the service access module. The service access module performs encoding and line drive for the signals and outputs the signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
Receive Direction The board accesses service signals through the backplane-side interfaces, and then the signals are sent to the service access module. The service access module performs interference isolation, lightning-proof, impedance matching, level conversion, signal balancing, decoding, and then sends the processed signals to the service processing module. The service processing module performs E1 framing, processes service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, implements PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, and sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module isolates common mode interference, protects circuits against transient failures, matches the impedance in the receive direction with the internal impedance, and performs level conversion, balancing, and decoding for the service signals. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the service processing module, encodes the signals, drives the line, and outputs the service signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
This module recovers the line clock.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the signals from the service access module and performs E1 framing. This module also identifies protocol types of the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols (for example, addition and deletion of IMA group members, VP/VC switching and concatenation of ATM cells, vacant slot compression of CES services, and setup of MLPPP groups). Then, this module performs PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, Finally, this module converts the processed signals to high-rate signals, and then sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the high-rate signals from the control board through the backplane-side interfaces and recovers low-rate service signals. Then, this module performs PWE3 decapsulation, identifies different protocols and processes the service signals, and completes E1 framing. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service access module.
Management Module This module manages and controls each module on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
When used with the control board, processes the recovered line clock.
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the board.
Power Supply Module This module converts the input DC voltage into various DC voltages required by each module on the board.
5.11.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 5-57 lists the specifications of the interfaces on the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B. Table 5-57 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B Item
Specification Requirement
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohms (MD1A) 120 ohms (MD1B)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Item
Specification Requirement
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.49(1.08 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 12.1
5.12 AND1MO1C - 8 Channels T1 Interface Board The AND1MO1C (MO1C for short) is an 8-channel electrical interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1MO1C can be housed in slot3, slot4.
5.12.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1MO1C board, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-31 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1MO1C board. Figure 5-31 Appearance of the front panel
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1MO1C board: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
5 ATN 910 Boards
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on the meaning of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Port Name Table 5-58 lists the number of interfaces, types, and usage of the interfaces on the AND1MO1C board. Table 5-58 Interfaces on the AND1MO1C board Interfac e on the Front Panel
Interfac e Type
Usage
Pin
Required Cable
T1 0-T1 7
RJ-45
Input/output interfaces for T1 electrical signals
For details, see Table 5-59.
-
Table 5-59 Pins of the RJ-45 connector of the AND1MO1C board Front View
87654321
Pin No.
Usage
1
Transmit positive TTip
2
Transmit negative TRing
3
Unspecified
4
Receive positive RTip
5
Receive negative RRing
6
Unspecified
7
Grounding terminal
8
Grounding terminal
5.12.2 Functions and Features The AND1MO1C board receives 8 x T1 signals and works with the system control board to process the received signals. The AND1MO1C board supports various service types, including CES and ML-PPP. Table 5-60 lists the functions and features of the AND1MO1C board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-60 Functions and features of the AND1MO1C board Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight T1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports the 100 ohm impedance. Supports the T1 and CT1 modes. Supports the master/slave clock mode. Supports the AMI and B8ZS line coding. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports PRBS tests in framed or unframed mode for T1 interfaces in both the transmit and receive directions.
Supports the TDM and PPP protocols. TDM
PPP
Clock
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Number of supported local TDM CCCs
4
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
8
Number of supported PPP links
8
Number of supported ML-PPP groups
8
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
8
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
5.12.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1MO1C board consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power module. Figure 5-32 shows the functional block diagram of the AND1MO1C board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-32 Functional block diagram of the AND1MO1C board Backplane 8 x T1
Service access module
Service signal Management bus
Line clocks
3.3V 3.3V 2.5V 1.8V 1.2V 1V
Service signal CXP
Management bus
Management module
Clock module
Service processing module
. . .
Power supply module
Line clocks
CXP
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
System clocks
CXP CXP
In the Transmit Direction Service signals from the control board are sent to the service processing module. When receiving the service signals, the service processing module decapsulates and schedules PWs, processes CES and ML-PPP protocols, frames T1 signals, and then sends the framed T1 signals to the service access module. The service access module encodes the T1 signals, drives the line, and outputs the service signals through the interfaces on the front panel.
In the Receive Direction T1 signals are received through interfaces on the front panel and are sent to the service access module. When receiving the signals, the service access module isolates the signals from interference, provides surge protection, matches resistance, converts signal levels, restores clock data, balances signals, and decodes signals. Finally, the service access module sends the signals to the service processing module. The service processing module frames T1 signals, processes the signals according to CES and ML-PPP protocols, performs PWE3 encapsulation, schedules PWs, and sends the signals to the control board through backplane interfaces.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module isolates signals from common-mode interference, protects circuit against transient states, matches resistance, converts signal levels, balances and decodes the signals. Finally, this module sends the signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service signals from the service processing module, encodes the signals, drives the line, and outputs signals through interfaces on the front panel.
l
This module also recovers the line clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
l
In the receive direction, this module receives signals from the service access module and frames E1 signals. Then it identifies the protocol type of the signals and processes the signals accordingly. For example, if the protocol type is ML-PPP, this module creates an ML-PPP group. After that, it performs PWE3 encapsulation and schedules PWs. Finally, this module converts the signals into high-rate signals and sends them to the control board through backplane interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives high-rate service signals from the control board through backplane interfaces and recovers low-rate service signals. Then it performs PWE3 decapsulation, identifies the protocol type, and processes the signals accordingly. Finally, this module frames T1 signals and sends the signals to the service access module.
Management Module This module manages and controls other modules on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Works with the control board to process the recovered line clock signals.
l
Provides working clock signals for each module on the board.
Power Supply Module This module converts the input DC voltage into various DC voltages required by each module on the board.
5.12.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1MO1C board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 5-61 lists the specifications of interfaces on the AND1MO1C board. Table 5-61 Specifications of interfaces on the AND1MO1C board
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Nominal bit rate
1544 kbit/s
Interface impedance
100 ohm
Code
B8ZS
Pulse shape at output port
Compliant with ITU-T G.703
Anti-interference capability of input port
Compliant with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Compliant with ITU-T G.824
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Item
Specification
Output jitter
Compliant with ITU-T G.824
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (height) x 225.75 (depth) x 193.8 (width) Weight (kg): 0.59(1.30 lb) Power consumption at room temperature (W): 10.6
5.13 AND1AVD8A - 8 Channels ADSL2+ Service Interface Board The AND1AVD8A (AVD8A for short) is an 8-channel ADSL2+ service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1AVD8A can be housed in slot3, slot4.
5.13.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1AVD8A, there are indicators and interfaces.
Front Panel Figure 5-33 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1AVD8A. Figure 5-33 Front panel of the AND1AVD8A
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1AVD8A. l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status NOTE
There are eight LINK indicators, which are present above each service interface.
For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There are eight ADSL2+ interfaces on the front panel of the AND1AVD8A. Table 5-62 lists types and usage of these interfaces. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-62 Interfaces on the AND1AVD8A Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Cable
DSL0-DSL7
RJ-45
Accesses ADSL2+ service signals.
For details, see 10.5.6 xDSL Cables.
Table 5-63 lists the pins of DSL1-DSL8 interfaces. Table 5-63 Pins of DSL0-DSL7 interfaces Front View
87654321
Pin
Description
1
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
3
Unspecified
4
TIP
5
RING
6
Unspecified
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
5.13.2 Functions and Features The AND1AVD8A is an 8-channel ADSL2+ service interface board. The AND1AVD8A on the network side must work with the control board to access and process ADSL2+ services. In addition, the AND1AVD8A supports the ADSL2+ bundling function. Table 5-64 lists functions and features of the AND1AVD8A. Table 5-64 Functions and features of the AND1AVD8A Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight ADSL2+ interfaces. Used on the NNI side. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Provides 4 binding groups.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
5 ATN 910 Boards
Description Supports the ETHoA-LLC and ETHoA-VCMUX modes. Supports two xDSL protocol modes: Annex A and Annex M. (The xDSL protocol mode is unconfigurable. The protocol mode configured on the DSLAM applies.)
NOTE The following groups of ADSL2+ ports are present on the board: l Group 1: port 0 and port 1 l Group 2: port 2 and port 3 l Group 3: port 4 and port 5 l Group 4: port 6 and port 7 The AND1AVD8A board provides insufficient upstream bandwidth and forwards packets with a long delay, which may affect voice services carried on it. Therefore, it is not recommended to use the AND1AVD8A board to carry base station voice services.
5.13.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1AVD8A mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-34 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1AVD8A. Figure 5-34 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1AVD8A Backplane 8 x ADSL2+ signals
Service Access Module
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management bus
NTR clock signal To each module on the AVD8A
To each module on the AVD8A
12V . . . 1.2V
CXP
Management bus
Management module
Working clock signals
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals Clock C module
CXP
-48V/-60V Power supply module
-48V/-60V
PIU PIU
Transmit Direction The control board sends signals to the service processing module through the backplane-side interfaces. When receiving the service signals, the service processing module encapsulates the service packets in ETHOA mode, and then sends the packets to the service access module, where Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
encoding and D/A conversion are performed. Finally, the signals are output through the backplane-side interfaces.
Receive Direction The service access module accesses ADSL2+ service signals through the backplane-side interfaces. The service access module performs A/D conversion and decoding on the signals, and then sends the signals to the service processing module. The service processing module decapsulates the service packets in ETHOA mode, and then sends the processed packets to the control board.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module accesses ADSL2+ service signals through the backplane-side interfaces, performs amplification, filtering, A/D conversion, balancing, decoding, and verification on the signals, and then sends the signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the service processing module, performs framing, encoding, D/A conversion, filtering, amplification, and line driving on the signals, and outputs the signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
When the DSLTRUNK attribute of the interfaces on the board is Bundled Group, this module implements the ADSL link bundling function.
l
This module extracts the NTR clock from the ADSL2+ service signals, and then sends the clock to the clock module.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives signals from the service access module, extracts ATM cells, and rearranges service packets. Then, this module works with the control board to decapsulate the service packets in ETHOA mode. Finally, this module outputs the high-rate service packets through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets accessed through the backplane-side interfaces, performs AAL5 SAR on the service packets, and encapsulates the service packets into ATM cells. In this manner, this module encapsulates the service packets in ETHOA mode when working with the control board. Finally, this module outputs the service packets to the service access module.
l
This module controls the committed access rate (CAR).
Management Module When used with the system control board, this module manages and controls each module on the AND1AVD8A.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
l
Receives the NTR clock from the service access module, and processes the clock when used with the control board.
l
Provides the working clock to each module on the AND1AVD8A.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two -48 V or -60 V DC power supplies.
l
Provides the working power for each module on the AVD8A.
5.13.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1AVD8A include performance specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Table 5-65 lists the performance specifications of the AND1AVD8A. Table 5-65 Specifications of the ADSL2+ interfaces Interface
Max. Uplink Rate
Max. Downlink Rate
Max. Transmission Distance
ADSL2+
2.5 Mbit/s
24 Mbit/s
6.5 km
Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.8 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.50(1.10 lb) Power consumption at room temperature (W):19.6 W
5.14 AND1AVD8B - 8 Channels VDSL2 Service Interface Board The AND1AVD8B (AVD8B for short) is an 8-channel VDSL2 service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1AVD8B can be housed in slot 3 or 4.
5.14.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1AVD8B, there are indicators and interfaces.
Front Panel Figure 5-35 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1AVD8B. Figure 5-35 Front panel of the AND1AVD8B
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1AVD8B. l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status NOTE
There are eight LINK indicators, which are present above each service interface.
For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There are eight ADSL2+/VDSL2 interfaces on the front panel of the AND1AVD8B. Table 5-66 lists types and usage of these interfaces. Table 5-66 Interfaces on the AND1AVD8B Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Cable
DSL0-DSL7
RJ-45
Accesses VDSL2 service signals.
For details, see 10.5.6 xDSL Cables.
Table 5-67 lists the pins of DSL1-DSL8 interfaces. Table 5-67 Pins of DSL0-DSL7 interfaces Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Description
1
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
3
Unspecified
4
TIP
5
RING
6
Unspecified
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.14.2 Functions and Features The AND1AVD8B is an 8-channel VDSL2 service interface board. The AND1AVD8B on the network side must work with the control board to access and process VDSL2 services. In addition, the AND1AVD8B supports the VDSL2 bundling function. Table 5-68 lists functions and features of the AND1AVD8B. Table 5-68 Functions and features of the AND1AVD8B Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight VDSL2 interfaces. Used on the NNI side. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Provides 4 binding groups. Supports Vectoring. Supports Annex B protocol mode.
NOTE The following groups of VDSL2 ports are present on the board: l Group 1: port 0 and port 1 l Group 2: port 2 and port 3 l Group 3: port 4 and port 5 l Group 4: port 6 and port 7
5.14.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1AVD8B mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-36 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1AVD8B.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-36 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1AVD8B Backplane 8 x VDSL2 signals
Service Access Module
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Service signals CXP
Management bus
Management module
Management bus
CXP
Clock signals To each module on the AVD8B
To each module on the AVD8B
Working clock signals
12V . . . 1.2V
Clock C module
CXP
-48V/-60V Power supply module
-48V/-60V
PIU PIU
Transmit Direction The control board sends signals to the service processing module through the backplane-side interfaces. When receiving the service signals, the service processing module encapsulates the service packets, and then sends the packets to the service access module, where encoding and D/A conversion are performed. Finally, the signals are output through the backplane-side interfaces.
Receive Direction The service access module accesses VDSL2 service signals through the backplane-side interfaces. The service access module performs A/D conversion and decoding on the signals, and then sends the signals to the service processing module. The service processing module decapsulates the service packets, and then sends the processed packets to the control board.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module accesses VDSL2 service signals through the backplane-side interfaces, performs amplification, filtering, A/D conversion, balancing, decoding, and verification on the signals, and then sends the signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the service processing module, performs framing, encoding, D/A conversion, filtering, amplification, and line driving on the signals, and outputs the signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
l
In the receive direction, this module receives signals from the service access module, extracts PTM cells, and rearranges service packets. Then, this module works with the control board to decapsulate the service packets. Finally, this module outputs the high-rate service packets through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets accessed through the backplane-side interfaces, and encapsulates the service packets into PTM cells. In this manner, this module encapsulates the service packets when working with the control board. Finally, this module outputs the service packets to the service access module.
Management Module When used with the system control board, this module manages and controls each module on the AND1AVD8B.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Receives the NTR clock from the service access module, and processes the clock when used with the control board.
l
Provides the working clock to each module on the AND1AVD8B.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two -48 V or -60 V DC power supplies.
l
Provides the working power for each module on the AVD8B.
5.14.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1AVD8B include performance specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Table 5-69 lists the performance specifications of the AND1AVD8B. Table 5-69 Specifications of the VDSL2 interfaces Interface
Max. Uplink Rate
Max. Downlink Rate
Max. Transmission Distance
VDSL2
50 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
3.5 km
Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.8 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.50(1.10 lb) Power consumption at room temperature (W):19.6 W Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.15 AND1SHD4 - 4 Channels G.SHDSL Service Interface Board The AND1SHD4 (SHD4 for short) is a 4-channel G.SHDSL service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1SHD4 can be housed in slot3, slot4.
5.15.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1SHD4, there are indicators, and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-37 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1SHD4. Figure 5-37 Appearance of the front panel of the AND1SHD4
Indicators l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK0/LINK1/LINK2/LINK3 indicators, green, which indicate the port connection status.
For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces Table 5-70 lists the types of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4 and their respective usage. Table 5-70 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4 Interface Interface on the Type Front Panel
Usage
Corresponding Cable
SHDSL0 SHDSL3
Accesses the first 4 x G.SHDSL services.
For details, see 10.5.6 xDSL Cables.
RJ-11
Table 5-71 lists the pins of theSHDSL0 - SHDSL3 interfaces.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-71 Pins of the SHDSL0 - SHDSL3 interfaces on the AND1SHD4 Front View
6543 21
Pin No.
Usage
1
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
3
TIP
4
RING
5
Unspecified
6
Unspecified
5.15.2 Functions and Features Used with the control board, the AND1SHD4 can process the G.991.2 single-pair high-speed digital subscriber line (G.SHDSL) service. Table 5-72 lists the functions and features of the AND1SHD4. Table 5-72 Functions and features of the AND1SHD4 Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides four G.SHDSL interfaces. Used on the NNI side. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports one binding group. Supports the ATM mode and the EFM mode. Supports the extended attributes compliant with the ITU-T G. 992.1.bis in ATM mode. Supports the NTR clock.
NOTE The AND1SHD4 supports one binding group. l When the AND1SHD4 is in ATM mode, interface binding needs to be manually configured. l When the AND1SHD4 is in EFM mode, the ATN device automatically adapts to the interface binding configuration on the DSLAM.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.15.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1SHD4 mainly consists of the service access module, interface converting module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-38 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1SHD4. Figure 5-38 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1SHD4 Backplane Each module of the board
Signal voltage and performs protection module
4 x G.SHDSL signals
Clock signals Clock module
Service bus Service encapsulation and bundling Management bus module
Logic control unit
Clock signals
Parallel/serial converting module
Service bus
Serial management bus Status signal
CXP
CXP
CXP CXP
Interface converting and control module
Service access module
To each module
1.2 V 1.5 V 3.3 V
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
In the Transmit Direction The control board sends the service signals to the parallel/serial converting module and then to the logic control unit, which processes the service signals. Finally, the service encapsulation and bundling module decapsulates the service signals and outputs the G.SHDSL service.
In the Receive Direction The service board accesses the G.SHDSL signals and the service access module transforms the signal voltage and performs protection for the signals. Then, the service encapsulation and bundling module encapsulates and bundles the signals, adjusts the signal rate, frames the signals, and then sends the signals to the logic control module, which processes the service signals. Finally, the parallel/serial converting module converts and sends the service signals to the control board.
Service Access Module l
The service access module transforms the signal voltage and performs protection for the access signals. Then, the service encapsulation and bundling module bundles four channels of G.SHDSL signals, strips the ATM AAL5 adaptation layer, and finally outputs the service signals.
l
The interface converting and control module sends the service to the service encapsulation and bundling module, which then performs ATM AAL5 adaptation and encapsulation, and finally outputs the G.SHDSL service.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Interface Converting and Control Module This module performs parallel/serial conversion for transporting the service between the system control board and the local board. The system control board controls and manages the board through the serial management bus. In addition, the logic control unit detects alarms and reports them to the control board through the serial management bus.
Clock Module The clock module provides working clock for each module on the AND1SHD4.
Power Supply Module This module provides DC voltages required by each module on the board.
5.15.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1SHD4 cover the performance specifications, board dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Table 5-73 lists the performance specifications of the AND1SHD4. Table 5-73 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4 Interface
Max. Upstream Rate
Max. Downstream Rate
Max. Four-Line Bundling Rate
Max. Transmission Distance
G.SHDSL
5.7 Mbit/s
5.7 Mbit/s
23 Mbit/s
5.25 km
Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.60(1.32 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 7.4
5.16 AND1SHD4I - 4 Channels G.SHDSL Interface Board for IMA Mode The AND1SHD4I (SHD4I for short) is a 4-channel G.SHDSL service interface board, whose functional version is AND1. The AND1SHD4I can be housed in slot3, slot4.
5.16.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1SHD4I, there are indicators and interfaces. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-39 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1SHD4I. Figure 5-39 Appearance of the front panel of the AND1SHD4I
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1SHD4I: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK0, LINK1, LINK2 and LINK3 indicators, green, which indicate the port connection status.
For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface Table 5-74 lists the types of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4I and their respective usage. Table 5-74 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4I Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Corresponding Cable
SHDSL0SHDSL3
RJ-11
Input and output G.SHDSL signals.
For details, see 10.5.6 xDSL Cables.
Table 5-75 lists the pins of the SHDSL1-SHDSL4 interfaces. Table 5-75 Pins of the SHDSL0 - SHDSL3 interfaces on the AND1SHD4I Front View
6 5 4 3 2 1
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin No.
Usage
1
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
3
TIP
4
RING
5
Unspecified
6
Unspecified
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
5.16.2 Functions and Features The AND1SHD4I can access four channels of G.SHDSL signals encapsulated in the IMA format when it is used with the control board. Table 5-76 lists the functions and features of the AND1SHD4I. Table 5-76 Functions and features of the AND1SHD4I Function and Feature
Description
Basic Function
Provides four G.SHDSL interfaces. Used on the NNI side. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports one binding group. Supports the IMA mode. Supports the NTR clock.
NOTE The IMA binding group of the AND1SHD4I has a fixed number of member links, that is, 4. No manual configuration is required. The AND1SHD4I supports one IMA binding group, but two VE interfaces can be created for the active and standby service trails to protect services.
5.16.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1SHD4I mainly consists of the service access module, interface converting and control module, IMA processing module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 5-40 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1SHD4I.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-40 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1SHD4I Management and control bus
IMA processing module
4 x G.SHDSL signals
Service access module
Backplane Service signals
IMA service signals ATM cells
IMA service signals
Interface converting and control module
Serial management bus
Status signal bus
Management and control bus
CXP
CXP
CXP
4 x NTR clock signals
To each module on the SHD4I
Working clock signals
To each module on the SHD4I
3.3 V 1.8 V 1.5 V 1.2 V
Clock module
Power supply module
Clock signals
CXP
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
-48 V/-60 V
System power supply
In the Receive Direction The RJ-11 interfaces access the G.SHDSL signals to the service access module. Then, the service access module works with the IMA processing module to multiplexes the service signals, and sends the ATM cells to the interface converting and control module. The interface converting and control module decapsulates the ATM frames, converts the parallel signals to serial signals, converges the serial signals to one channel service signal, and finally sends the service signal to the backplane.
In the Transmit Direction The interface converting and control module receives the service signal from the backplane, converts the serial signal to parallel signal, encapsulates the signals in the ATM frame format, and then sends the ATM frames to the service access module. The service access module processes the ATM cells and work with the IMA processing module to inversely multiplex the ATM signals as IMA signals. Finally, the service access module sends the packets to the G.SHDSL interfaces.
Service Access Module This module accesses the service packets in different modes according to the encapsulation mode of the G.SHDSL interfaces. In addition, this module has the thunder protection function. l
In the receive direction, this module converts the serial packets to parallel packets, and sends the parallel packets to the interface converting and control module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the IMA service signals from the interface converting and control module, converts the serial IMA service signals to parallel IMA service signals, and finally sends the parallel IMA service signals to the G.SHDSL interfaces.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
5 ATN 910 Boards
In addition, this module extracts the NTR clock signals from the G.SHDSL service signals received and sends the clock signals to the clock module.
Interface Converting and Control Module This module converges the G.SHDSL service signals to one channel service signal and works with the control board to manage and control the SHD4I. l
In the receive direction, this module receives the IMA service signals from the service access module, converts the IMA service signals, and sends the service signals to the IMA processing module, which multiplexes the service signals. Then, this module receives the ATM cells from the IMA processing module, decapsulates the ATM frames, converts the parallel signals to serial signals, converges the signals to one channel service signal, and finally sends the service signal to the backplane.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signal from the backplane, converts the serial signal to parallel signal, encapsulates the service signal into ATM frames, and sends the ATM cells to the IMA processing module, which inversely multiplexes the ATM signals. Then, this module receives IMA signals from the IMA processing module and finally sends the IMA signals to the service access module.
l
In addition, this module works with the control board to manage and control each module on the AND1SHD4I.
IMA Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the IMA service signals from the interface converting and control module, multiplexes the service signals as ATM signals, and finally sends the ATM signals to the interface converting and control module, which converges the signals.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the backplane after the interface converting and control module processes the service signals. Then, this module inversely multiplexes the ATM signals and sends the IMA service signals to the interface converting and control module.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Selects a clock source from the four channels of NTR clock signals and uploads the clock signals to the control board.
l
Provides working clock signals for each module on the SHD4I board.
Power Supply Module This module provides the following DC voltages for the modules on the AND1SHD4I board: l
3.3 V
l
1.8 V
l
1.5 V
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
5 ATN 910 Boards
1.2 V
5.16.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1SHD4I cover the interface specifications, board dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Table 5-77 lists the specifications of the interfaces of the AND1SHD4I. Table 5-77 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4I Interface
Max. Upstream Rate (Mbit/s)
Max. Downstream Rate (Mbit/s)
Max. Rate of Four Bundled Interfaces (Mbit/s)
Max. Transmission Distance (km)
G.SHDSL
2.3
2.3
9.2
5.25
Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.82 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Board weight (kg): 0.60(1.32 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 7.5
5.17 TNC1PIU - Power Interface Board The TNC1PIU (PIU for short) is a power interface board. The function version of the PIU is TNC1. The PIU is housed in slot 5.
5.17.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the PIU, there are indicators, power supply interfaces, and a label.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-41 shows the appearance of the front panel of the PIU. Figure 5-41 Appearance of the front panel of the PIU
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Indicators The following indicator is present on the front panel of the PIU. PWRA/PWRB, green, which indicates the power supply status. When PWRA/PWRB is on and green, it indicates that power is accessed. For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces The PIU accesses two power supplies. Table 5-78 lists the types of the interfaces on the PIU and their respective usage. For cable corresponding to the interfaces, see 10.1 Power Supply Cables and Ground Cables. Table 5-78 Types and usage of the interfaces on the PIU Interface on the Front Panel
Usage
NEG1(-)
-48 V power input interface
RTN1(+)
BGND power input interface
NEG2(-)
-48 V power input interface
RTN2(+)
BGND power input interface
Label Operation warning label: indicates the following precautions , which should be taken for removal or insertion of the PIU board.
NOTICE Multiple power supplies are accessed for the equipment. When powering off the equipment, make sure that these power supplies are disabled. Do not remove or insert the board with power on.
5.17.2 Functions and Features The PIU, a power interface board, supports the functions and features such as power access, power protection, surge protection detection, and information reporting. Table 5-79 lists functions and features of the PIU.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-79 Functions and features of the PIU Function and Feature
Description
Power access
PIU accesses two -48 V DC or -60 V DC power supplies for the equipment.
Power protection
The PIU protects the power supply against overcurrent and short circuit. In this way, the overcurrent is prevented from shocking board and components on it.
Surge protection
The PIU protects the equipment against lightning and reports an alarm if the protection fails.
Power backup
The two DC power supplies back up each other.
5.17.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The PIU mainly consists of the surge protection and failure detection module, communication unit module, and board in-position module. Figure 5-42 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the PIU. Figure 5-42 Block diagram for the working principle of the PIU -48 V/-60 V
Surge protection and failure detection module
-48 V/-60 V
Surge protection and failure detection module
Surge protection failure alarm signals Communication
Board in-position module
Backplane Each board
Surge protection failure alarm signals
Each board
Inter-board communication bus
CXP
Board in-position signals
CXP
Surge Protection and Failure Detection Module This module protects the equipment against lightning and detects the failure of the anti-lightning circuit. If the surge protection fails, the PIU reports the alarm signals to the control board.
Communication Unit Module This module has the function of reporting the board manufacturing information, PCB version information, and alarm signals about the surge protection failure.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Board In-Position Module This module reports the board in-position signals to the control board.
5.17.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the PIU cover the board dimensions, weight, power consumption, and input voltage. Table 5-80 lists the technical specifications of the PIU. Table 5-80 Technical specifications of the PIU Item
Technical Specification
Board dimensions (mm)
41.4 (H) x 224.8 (D) x 21.0 (W)
Weight (kg)
0.12
Power consumption (W, room temperature)
0.5
Input voltage (V)
-38.4 to -72.0
5.18 ANC1FAN - Fan Board The ANC1FAN (FAN for short) is an FAN board. The function version of the FAN is ANC1. The FAN is housed in slot 6.
5.18.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the FAN, there are indicators, ESD wrist strap jack, handle, and labels.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 5-43 shows the appearance of the front panel of the FAN. Figure 5-43 Appearance of the front panel
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the FAN: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
ANC1FAN indicator, red or green, which indicates status of fans. For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
ESD Strap Jack The ESD wrist strap should be connected to this jack for proper grounding of the human body.
Handle The handle is used for pushing the FAN into or pulling the FAN out of the chassis during board replacement.
Label The following labels are present on the front panel of the FAN: l
ESD protection label, which indicates that the equipment is static-sensitive.
l
Fan warning label, which says that do not touch the fan leaves before the fan stops rotating.
5.18.2 Functions and Features The FAN is used to adjust the fan rotating speed, detect and report status of fans. The functions and features of the FAN are as follows: l
Accesses one 12 V power supply for driving three fans.
l
Provides start-delay for the power supply of the fans and protects fans against overcurrent.
l
Intelligently adjusts the rotating speed of fans to ensure proper heat dissipation of the system.
l
Reports information about the fan rotating speed, environment temperature, alarms, version number, and board in-position information.
l
Provides alarm indicators.
5.18.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The FAN mainly consists of the start-delay module, communication unit module, intelligent fan speed adjustment module, and board in-position module. Figure 5-44 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the FAN.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Figure 5-44 Block diagram for the working principle of the ANC1FAN Fans x 3 12 V
Backplane
12 V 12 V
CXP
12 V power shut signals Communication unit module
Fan-speed reporting module PWM signals
12V
Start-delay module
Inter-board communication bus CXP
Fan-speed signals CXP
PWM driver module Intelligent fan speed adjustment module Board in-position module
CXP
Fan in-position signals CXP
Start-delay Module This module has the function of provides start-delay to the power supply for fans and protects fans against overcurrent.
Communication Unit Module This module reports the board manufacturing information, PCB version, and environment temperature information. In addition, this module provides 12 V power shut signals to the startdelay module.
Intelligent Fan Speed Adjustment Module This module reports information about the fan rotating speed to the control board and adjusts the fan rotating speed according to the pulse-width modulation (PWM) signals received from the control board.
Board In-Position Module This module reports the board in-position signals to the control board.
5.18.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the FAN cover the board dimensions, weight, power consumption, and input voltage. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
5 ATN 910 Boards
Table 5-81 lists the technical specifications of the FAN. Table 5-81 Technical specifications of the FAN Item
Technical Specification
Board dimensions (mm)
42.0 (H) x 217.6 (D) x 28.5 (W)
Weight (kg)
0.20
Power consumption (W)
l Low rate: 2.3 l Medium rate: 6.1 l High rate: 17
Working voltage (V)
12 V DC power
5.19 Filler Panel A filler panel is used to cover any vacant slot in a chassis.
5.19.1 Appearance and Valid Slots There is no indicator or interface on a filler panel.
Appearance Figure 5-45 shows the appearance of a filler panel. Figure 5-45 Appearance of a filler panel
Valid Slots A filler panel can be housed in any of slots 3-4 of a chassis.
5.19.2 Functions and Features A filler panel can be used to perform electromagnetic shielding, keep out foreign substances, and ensure proper ventilation. Main functions of a filler panel are as follows: l
Performs electromagnetic shielding and ensures that the chassis meets the requirement of electromagnetic radiation.
l
Prevents foreign substances from getting into the chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
Prevents internal voltage from being exposed.
l
Ensures proper ventilation of cooling current inside the chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5 ATN 910 Boards
145
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
6 ATN 910I Boards
6
ATN 910I Boards
ATN 910I has integrated with boards that are not swappable.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
7 ATN 910B Boards
7
ATN 910B Boards
ATN 910B has integrated with boards that are not swappable.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8
ATN 950B Boards
About This Chapter Boards on ATN 950B are used together to provide various functions. 8.1 Board Overview A board mainly consists of the printed circuit board (PCB) and the front panel. 8.2 Board Type and Application This section describes the applications and differences between different types of PIC boards. 8.3 AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit The AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB (CXPA/CXPB for short) is a control, cross-connect, and protocol processing board. The function version of the CXPA/CXPB is AND1. The CXPA/ CXPB is housed in slot 7 or slot 8. 8.4 AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multiprotocol Process Unit The AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE (CXPA/CXPB/CXPE for short) is a control, cross-connect, and protocol processing board. The function version of the CXPA/CXPB/CXPE is AND1. The CXPA/CXPB/CXPE is housed in slot 7 or slot 8. 8.5 AND1EM4T - 4 Channels GE/FE Electrical Interface Board The AND1EM4T (EM4T for short) is a four channels FE/GE adaptive electrical interface board. The function version of the EM4T is AND1. The AND1EM4T is housed in any of slots 1 to 4 (when working with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB) and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE). 8.6 AND1EM8T - 8 Channels GE/FE Electric Interface Board The AND1EM8T (EM8T for short) is an eight channels FE/GE adaptive electrical interface board. The function version of the EM8T is AND1. The AND1EM8T is housed in any of slots 1 to 2. 8.7 AND1EM4F - 4 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board The AND1EM4F (EM4F for short) is a four channels FE/GE optical interface board. The function version of the EM4F is AND1. The AND1EM4F is housed in any of slots 1 to 4 (when
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
working with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB) and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE). 8.8 AND1EM4C: 4 Channels GE/FE Combo Board The AND1EM4C (EM4C for short) board is a 4 x FE/GE Combo board and its functional version is AND1. The AND1EM4C is housed in any of slots 1 to 4 (when working with the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB) and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE). 8.9 AND1EM8F - 8 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board The AND1EM8F (EM8F for short) is an eight channels FE/GE optical interface board. The function version of the EM8F is AND1. The AND1EM8F is housed in any of slots 1 to 2. 8.10 AND1EX1 - 1 Channel 10 GE Optical Interface Board The AND1EX1 (EX1 for short) is a one channel 10 GE optical interface board. The function version of the EX1 is AND1. The AND1EX1 is housed in any of slots 5 to 6 (when working with the AND1CXPA), in any of slots 3 to 6 (when working with the AND1CXPB), and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE). 8.11 AND2CQ1B - 4 Channels Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS Optical Interface Board This section describes the AND2CQ1B, a 4 channels channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS optical interface board, in terms of the overview, functions, features, working principle, front panel, and technical specifications. 8.12 AND2PQ1: 4 Channels OC-3/STM-1 POS Optical Interface Board The AND2PQ1 (PQ1 for short) board is a 4 x OC-3/STM-1 POS optical interface board and its functional version is AND2. It is configured in any of slots 1 to 6 in a chassis. 8.13 AND1ML1/AND1ML1A - 16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board The functional version of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A is AND1.. 8.14 AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B - 16 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B (ML1A/ML1B for short) is a 16 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the ML1A/ML1B is AND3. The AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B is housed in slots 1 to 6. 8.15 AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B - 32 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B (MD1A/MD1B for short) is a 32 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the MD1A/MD1B is AND2. The AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B is housed in slots 1 to 6. 8.16 TND1PIU - Power Interface Board The TND1PIU (PIU for short) is a power interface board. The function version of the PIU is TND1. The PIU is housed in slot 9 or slot 10. 8.17 AND1FAN - Fan Board The AND1FAN (FAN for short) is an FAN board. The function version of the FAN is AND1. The FAN is housed in slot 11. 8.18 Filler Panel A filler panel is used to cover any vacant slot in a chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.1 Board Overview A board mainly consists of the printed circuit board (PCB) and the front panel.
Board Structure Figure 8-1 shows the structure of a board (using the AND1EM4F board as an example). Figure 8-1 Board structure
A board mainly consists of the following parts: l
PCB The PCB houses various functional chips of the board and is the most important part of the board. Through the front panel, the PCB provides indicators, buttons, and ports. NOTE
Different boards provide different indicators, buttons, and ports; not all boards support a daughter board. For details, see the description of each board.
l
Front panel, including the captive screws, ejector levers, indicators, buttons, and interfaces. – Captive screws: secure the board in the subrack. – Ejector levers: used for inserting or removing the board. Bar codes are also attached on the ejector levers. NOTE
The ejector lever on the left side of the front panel of a board is attached with a label marking the bar code of the board (for a control board, the bar code label is above the ejector level on the front panel). The bar code of a control board will be retrieved by ATN 950B as the equipment serial number (ESN). The ESN is used for applying for a license. ATN 950B automatically reads the bar code of the backplane or control board as the device ESN. Generally, the bar code of the backplane takes precedence over that of the control board.
Board Naming NOTE
The preceding only describes how to roughly identify a board. For details on board specifications, see board descriptions.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
A board name mainly consists of the board functional version and short name. A short name can roughly identify a board. The short name of a control board, power board, and fan board is CXPx, PIU, and FAN respectively. The following mainly describes how to quickly identify a physical interface board through the short name of a board. As shown in Figure 8-2, the short name of a board consists of an abbreviated board name and an extended name. An abbreviated board name includes the board type, interface quantity, and interface rate. When boards have the same abbreviated board name, they can be differentiated using extended names. An extended name does not have special meanings and can be omitted. Figure 8-2 Board short name (using ML1A as an example)
ML1A Extended name Interface rate Interface quantity Board type
The following describes each part of an abbreviated board name: l
Board type M indicates an E-carrier interface board. The interface quantity is represented using L or D, indicating 16 or 32 respectively. The interface rate is represented using 1, indicating E1.
l
Board type C indicates a CPOS interface board. The interface quantity is represented using Q, indicating 4. The interface rate is represented using 1, indicating STM-1.
l
Board type P indicates a POS interface board. The interface quantity is represented using Q, indicating 4. The interface rate is represented using 1, indicating STM-1.
l
Board type E indicates an Ethernet interface board. The interface quality is represented using an Arabic numeral. The interface rate is represented using M or X, indicating FE/GE or 10GE respectively. Extended name F or T is used to indicate an optical interface or electrical interface respectively. NOTE
For the name of an Ethernet interface board, the interface rate and quantity rate are in an order opposite to those for the names of other boards. For example, in EM4F (a name of an Ethernet interface board), interface rate M comes before interface quantity 4.
Board Relationship A control board mainly implements system control and service grooming, and receives and processes various services by working with physical interface boards. A power board provides power inputs for the system. A fan board blows air to dissipate heat generated during system operation. Figure 8-3 shows the board relationship.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-3 Board relationship
User side
Control and management module
Network side
Clock module FE/GE FE/GE 10GE E1 E1 CPOS STM-1 POS STM-1
EM4F/EM4T
EM4F/EM4T
FE/GE
EM8F/EM8T
EM8F/EM8T
FE/GE
EX1
EX1 Service processing and switching module
10GE
ML1/ML1A/ML1B
E1
MD1A/MD1B
E1
CQ1B
CQ1B
CPOS STM-1
PQ1
PQ1
POS STM-1
ML1/ML1A/ML1B MD1A/MD1B
Control board CXPA/CXPB/CXPE
Power interface board PIU
Fan board FAN
ATN 950B is equipped with active and standby control boards, which form a hot backup. A dual feeding and selective receiving mechanism is used for service interaction between physical interface boards and the two control boards.
8.2 Board Type and Application This section describes the applications and differences between different types of PIC boards.
8.2.1 Board Type Boards are the key hardware components of the equipment. Boards on the ATN 950B are classified into the following types: control board (CXP), physical interface card (PIC), power interface board (PIU), and fan board (FAN).
Control Board (CXP) The control board controls the system, grooms services, processes the clock, and provides auxiliary interfaces.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-1 Control boards supported by the ATN 950B Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1CXPA
System control, switching and timing board
V200R001C02
AND2CXPA
System control, switching and timing board
V200R003C00
AND1CXPB
System control, switching and timing board
V200R001C02
AND2CXPB
System control, switching and timing board
V200R003C00
AND2CXPE
System control, switching and timing board
V200R003C00
Physical Interface Card (PIC) The physical interface boards process the services with the control board. The physical interface boards are classified into the following types based on the service access mode: Ethernet service interface boards, E1 service interface boards, STM-1 service interface boards. Table 8-2 Ethernet service interface boards supported by the ATN 950B Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1EM4T
4 Channels GE/FE Electric Interface Board
V200R001C02
AND1EM8T
8 Channels GE/FE Electric Interface Board
V200R001C02
AND1EM4F
4 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board
V200R001C02
AND1EM8F
8 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board
V200R001C02
AND2EM4C
4 Channels GE/FE Combo Board
V200R003C10
AND1EX1
1 Channel 10GE Optical Interface Board
V200R001C02
Table 8-3 E1 service interface boards Supported by the ATN 950B and Valid Slots
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1ML1
16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board (75 ohm)
V200R001C02
AND1ML1A
16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board (120 ohm)
V200R001C02
AND3ML1A
16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board (75 ohm)
V200R001C02
AND3ML1B
16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board (120 ohm)
V200R001C02
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND2MD1A
32 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board (75 ohm)
V200R001C02
AND2MD1B
32 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board (120 ohm)
V200R001C02
Table 8-4 STM-1 service interface boards supported by the ATN 950B Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND2CQ1B
4 Channels Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS Optical Interface Board
V200R002C00
AND2PQ1
4 Channels OC-3/STM-1 POS Optical Interface Board
V200R002C01
Power Board Power boards lead in power for supplying power to the device. For details about power distribution, see Power Distribution. Table 8-5 Power boards supported by the ATN 950B Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
TND1PIU
Power interface board
V200R001C02
Fan Board (FAN) The fan board exhausts hot air for heat dissipation. For details about air duct, see Heat Dissipation. Table 8-6 Fan boards supported by the ATN 950B Board Name
Board Description
Supported Version
AND1FAN
Fan board
V200R001C02
8.2.2 Ethernet Service Interface Board The ATN 950B supports multiple types of Ethernet interface boards to address requirements for various interface quantities, interface rates, and interface types (optical/electrical). Ethernet service interface boards are widely used in various network environments. They can accept base station services on the user side, and transmit services upstream on the network side. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
The Ethernet service interface board supports Layer 2 services, Layer 3 services, and hybrid transmission of Layer 2 and Layer 3 services. (When the main interface is in Layer 2 mode, configure the sub-interface to transmit Layer 2/Layer 3 services.) Table 8-7 shows the Ethernet service interface boards supported by the ATN 950B and the differences between the boards. Table 8-7 Ethernet service interface boards Board
Interface Description
AND1EM4T
4 x FE/GE electrical interface
AND1EM8T
8 x FE/GE electrical interface
AND1EM4F
4 x FE/GE SFP interface
AND1EM8F
8 x FE/GE SFP interface
AND1EX1
1 x 10 GE XFP interface
NOTE Ethernet service interface boards have similar service functions, but differ in the interface quantity and interface type. l FE/GE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s. l FE/GE SFP interfaces support GE optical modules, GE electrical modules, FE optical modules, and FE electrical modules. l 10GE XFP interfaces support 10GE optical modules.
8.2.3 E1 Service Interface Board The E1 service interface board supports ATM, PPP, and TDM link-layer protocols.
ATM Figure 8-4 shows the application of the E1 service interface board using the ATM protocol. Figure 8-4 Application of the E1 service interface board using the ATM protocol
An ATN device uses the E1 service interface board on the user side to support ATM over E1. When the ATM service access rate is between E1 and E3, multiple E1 links are bound into an IMA group to increase service bandwidth. On the network side, the E1 service interface board implements ATM service emulation and transparently transmits the ATM services over the Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
packet switched network (PSN), such as MPLS or Ethernet. For detailed information, see the chapter "ATM IMA application" in the Feature Description.
PPP Figure 8-5 shows the application of the E1 service interface board using the PPP protocol. Figure 8-5 Application of the E1 service interface board using the PPP protocol (user side)
The ATN device uses the E1 service interface board to support IP services carried over MLPPPs on user side. NOTE
An independent PPP link cannot carry service. PPP links must be added to an ML-PPP group to carry services. An ML-PPP does not support MPLS services.
TDM Figure 8-6 shows the application of the E1 service interface board using the TDM protocol. Figure 8-6 Application of the E1 service interface board using the TDM protocol
The ATN device uses the E1 service interface board to access the TDM service, encapsulate the service signals into packets, and transparently transmit the packets through PWs over the PSN network. This achieves CES service emulation. For detailed information, see the chapter "CES application" in the Feature Description.
Comparison Between E1 Service Interface Boards Table 8-8 shows the E1 service interface boards supported by the ATN 950B and the differences between the boards. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-8 E1 service interface boards Function
AND1ML1
AND2ML1A
AND1MD1A
AND1ML1A
AND2ML1B
AND1MD1B
Interface type
E1
E1
E1
Number of interfaces
16
16
32
Interface impedance
AND1ML1: 75 ohm
AND2ML1A: 75 ohm
AND1MD1A: 75 ohm
AND1ML1A: 120 ohm
AND2ML1B: 120 ohm
AND1MD1B: 120 ohm
Interface clock mode
Master clock mode
Master/slave clock mode
Master/slave clock mode
Link-layer protocols
ATM, PPP, TDM
ATM, PPP, TDM
ATM, PPP, TDM
Minimum number of timeslots in CE1 mode
2
1
1
8.2.4 STM-1 Service Interface Board ATN devices support STM-1 POS interfaces and CPOS interfaces. A POS interface directly maps data packets of variable length into SONET payload and uses the SONET physical-layer transmission standard. A CPOS interface is a channelized POS interface. Figure 8-7 and Figure 8-8 show the applications of STM-1 service interface boards on a network. Figure 8-7 Application of the STM-1 service interface board (user side)
Node B MSTP
POS/CPOS STM-1 Board
CXP
ATN
PIC
CX600
RNC
Node B
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-8 Application of the STM-1 service interface board (network side)
PIC
Node B
CXP
ATN
STM-1 Board
POS/CPOS
CX600
CX600
RNC
The AND2CQ1B on the ATN 950B is used as the STM-1 service interface board, which provides four CPOS interfaces. Each CPOS interface supports 63 E1 channels. The supported services are almost the same as those of the E1 service interface board. On ATN 950B, AND2PQ1 and AND2CQ1B are the interface boards that support STM-1 services. The AND2PQ1 board provides 4 POS interfaces. It uses the SONET as the physicallayer protocol and PPP to control links at the data link layer. The AND2PQ1 board runs IP services at the network layer. The AND2CQ1B board provides 4 CPOS interfaces. The CPOS physical ports are no longer used as service ports, but the channelized 63 E1 channels are used as synchronization serial ports that support the same services as an E1 service interface board. l
The AND2PQ1 board can be used on the user or network side. It carries IP services over POS interfaces.
l
The AND2CQ1B board can be used on the user or network side. It supports ML-PPP and carries IP services over E1 channels on CPOS interfaces.
l
The AND2CQ1B board on the user side can access and converge ATM and TDM services over E1 channels on CPOS interfaces. It implements service emulation and transparent transmission over a packet switched network, achieving ATM PWE3 and TDM PWE3 (CES) services. NOTE
Services supported by the E1 channel on the CPOS interface are basically the same as those provided by the E1 service interface board. The differences are listed as follows: l The E1 channel of the AND2CQ1B supports IP and MPLS services carried over ML-PPPs; the E1 service interface board only supports IP services. l The E1 channel of the AND2CQ1B does not support fractional E1; the E1 service interface board supports fractional E1 when the TDM protocol is used.
8.3 AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB - System Control, Crossconnect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit The AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB (CXPA/CXPB for short) is a control, cross-connect, and protocol processing board. The function version of the CXPA/CXPB is AND1. The CXPA/ CXPB is housed in slot 7 or slot 8. Table 8-9 provides comparison between AND1CXPA and AND1CXPB.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-9 Board comparison Board Type
Cross-Connect Capacity
1588 ACR
AND1CXPA
44 Gbit/s
Supported
AND1CXPB
56 Gbit/s
Supported
8.3.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB, there are indicators, buttons, switch for the ejector lever, and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-9 and Figure 8-10 show the appearance of the front panel of the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB. Figure 8-9 Front panel of the AND1CXPA
Figure 8-10 Front panel of the AND1CXPB
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
PROG indicator, red or green, which indicates the running status of the program
l
SYNC indicator, red or green, which indicates the clock synchronization status
l
ACTX indicator, green, which indicates the cross-connection or clock active/standby status
l
ACTC indicator, green, which indicates the active/standby system control board
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Button The following buttons are present on the front panel of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
l
CF RCV button, which is reserved for later use.
l
RRST button, which is used for reset on the board. When you press the RST button and then release it, the board is reset.
l
LAMP button, which is used to test the indicators. When you press the LAMP button, all the board indicators on the NE are on.
Switch for the Ejector Lever On the front panel, there are two switches for the two ejector levers on the front panel. To remove a board, you need to push the two switches to the middle and then rotate the ejector levers.
Interface Table 8-10 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB. Table 8-10 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Pin
Correspondi ng Cable
ETH/ OAM
RJ45
10M/100M auto-sensing Ethernet NM interface or Console interface
Refer to Table 8-11.
Refer to 10.2 Management Cables.
CLK
RJ45
Clock input/output interface
Refer to Table 8-12.
Refer to 10.4 Clock Cables.
TOD
RJ45
Time input/output interface
Refer to Table 8-13.
Refer to 10.4 Clock Cables.
ALMI/O
RJ45
Alarm input/output interface
Refer to Table 8-14.
-
Table 8-11 Pins of the ETH/OAM interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Usage
1
Transmit positive of the NM interface
2
Transmit negative of the NM interface
3
Receive positive of the NM interface
4
Grounding end of the Console interface
5
Receive end of the Console interface
6
Receive negative of the NM interface
7
Unspecified
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
8 ATN 950B Boards
Pin
Usage
8
Transmit end of the Console interface
Table 8-12 Pins of the CLK interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Negative receive end of external clock
2
Positive receive end of external clock
3
Unspecified
4
Negative transmit end of external clock
5
Positive transmit end of external clock
6
Unspecified
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Table 8-13 Pins of the TOD interface Front View
Pin
87654321
External Time Input
External Time Output
(1PPS + Time Information)
(1PPS + Time Information)
1
Unspecified
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
Unspecified
3
Negative input for the 1pps signal
Negative output for the 1pps signal
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
4
Grounding end
Grounding end
5
Grounding end
Grounding end
6
Positive input for the 1pps signal
Positive output for the 1pps signal
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Negative input for time information
Negative output for time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
7
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Working Mode
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
Pin
8
8 ATN 950B Boards
Working Mode External Time Input
External Time Output
(1PPS + Time Information)
(1PPS + Time Information)
Positive input for time information
Positive output for time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
NOTE The TOD interfaces can be configured so that they can work in one of the preceding two working modes.
Table 8-14 Pins of the ALMI/O interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Input for the digital parameter
2
Grounding end
3
Input for the digital parameter
4
Input for the digital parameter
5
Grounding end
6
Grounding end
7
Positive output for the digital parameter
8
Negative output for the digital parameter
8.3.2 Functions and Features The AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB controls the system, grooms services, processes the clock, and provides auxiliary interfaces. Table 8-15 lists the functions and features of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB. Table 8-15 Functions and Features of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB Function and Feature
Description
Basic funtion
Cross-connect capacity
AND1CXPA: 44 Gbit/s AND1CXPB: 56 Gbit/s
Supports switching, control, and clock management. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
8 ATN 950B Boards
Description Supports the board-level 1+1 backup function.
Auxiliary interface function
Provides one 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s auto-sensing Ethernet NM interface or Console interface for communication with the NMS. Provides one time input/output interface and provides the synchronization time source for the equipment. Provides one clock input/output interface and provides the synchronization clock source for the equipment. Provides one alarm input/output interface. The interface provides three inputs of alarm digital parameters.
Tact switches
Provides two tact switches. When you rotate the ejector levers to remove the board, the two tact switches are triggered to start the active/standby protection switching.
NOTE When you rotate only one ejector lever, the protection switching is not triggered. The protection switching is triggered only when you rotate the two ejector levers.
8.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB mainly consists of the service processing and grooming module, system control module, clock processing module, auxiliary interface module, and power supply module. Figure 8-11 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-11 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB Back plane NM pass-through NM network interface/serial interface Time input/output interface Clock input/output interface
NM communication Auxiliary interface module
NM serial interface
Alarm input/output interface
System control module
Active/standby board communication bus
CPU control unit
The other CXP
The other CXP
Management bus Clock signals
Time signals
Clock processing module
Logic control unit
Time signals
Serial management bus
Clock signals
PICs
Management bus Service signals Under-voltage/overvoltage detection bus
Service processing and grooming module
Power supply module
Service communication bus
PICs The other CXP
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
12V 3.3V
FAN Interface cards
Service Processing and Grooming Module This module performs the following functions: l
Grooms services with switching capacity.
l
Supports automatic switching and manual switching of the active and standby boards.
System Control Module This module mainly consists of the CPU control unit and logic control unit, which perform the following functions: l
The CPU control unit works with the logic control unit to detects alarms and hardware faults, control boards, process overhead, and manage the equipment.
l
The logic control unit provides interfaces through which the CPU control unit connects to other chips on the board. The logic control unit specifies the working states of chips, initializes chips, and operates the register. In addition, the logic control unit achieves log control on active/standby switching, monitors the working state of the board, and detects the states of other boards.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Clock Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides working clock signals for the key chips on the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB.
l
Supports the physical-layer clock synchronization, and provides system clock signals for each boards.
l
Processes the IEEE 1588V2 protocol to achieve clock/time synchronization.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
l
Supports the NTP clock.
Auxiliary Interface Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides one NM Ethernet interface or console interface.
l
Provides one time input/output interface and one time input/output interface.
l
Provides one alarm input/output interface.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two -48 V DC/-60 V DC power supplies.
l
Detects and reports overvoltage and undervoltage of two input power supplies.
l
Supplies 12 V power for the FAN board.
l
Supplies 3.3 V working power for the local board and the PIC boards in a centralized manner.
8.3.4 CF Card and DIP Switch A board has a set of DIP switches and a hot-swappable CF card.
CF Card and DIP Switch Locations Figure 8-12 shows the locations of the CF card and DIP switches on AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-12 Locations of the CF card and DIP switches on AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB.
ON DIP
1 2 3 4
CF Card
DIP Switch
CF Card The size of the CF card on AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB is 512 MB. The CF card is used to backup data and load packages.
DIP Switch You can use the DIP switches to delete the configuration file loaded on the device. Set DIP switches on AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB to 1, 1, 0, and 1. During startup, the device deletes the loaded configuration file based on the DIF switch status.
NOTICE l This operation should be executed with caution. Use it under the guidance of technical personnel. l After the configuration file is deleted, reset the DIF switches to 0, 0, 0, and 0. In this way, you do not need to delete the configuration file at each startup. l The numeral indicates 1, and the letter indicates 0. l The device password is deleted when the configuration file is deleted.
8.3.5 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB include board dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.68 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 27.3
8.4 AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE - System Control, Cross-connect, and Multi-protocol Process Unit The AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE (CXPA/CXPB/CXPE for short) is a control, cross-connect, and protocol processing board. The function version of the CXPA/CXPB/CXPE is AND1. The CXPA/CXPB/CXPE is housed in slot 7 or slot 8. Table 8-16 provides comparison between AND2CXPA, AND2CXPB, and AND2CXPE. Table 8-16 Board Comparison Board Type
Cross-Connect Capacity
1588 ACR
AND2CXPA
44 Gbit/s
Not supported
AND2CXPB
56 Gbit/s
Not supported
AND2CXPE
56 Gbit/s
Supported
8.4.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE, there are indicators, buttons, switch for the ejector lever, and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-13, Figure 8-14 and Figure 8-15 show the appearance of the front panel of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE. Figure 8-13 Front panel of the AND2CXPA
Figure 8-14 Front panel of the AND2CXPB
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-15 Front panel of the AND2CXPE
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
PROG indicator, red or green, which indicates the running status of the program
l
SYNC indicator, red or green, which indicates the clock synchronization status
l
ACTX indicator, green, which indicates the cross-connection or clock active/standby status
l
ACTC indicator, green, which indicates the active/standby system control board
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Button The following buttons are present on the front panel of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE: l
CF RCV button, which is reserved for later use.
l
RRST button, which is used for reset on the board. When you press the RST button and then release it, the board is reset.
l
LAMP button, which is used to test the indicators. When you press the LAMP button, all the board indicators on the NE are on.
Switch for the Ejector Lever On the front panel, there are two switches for the two ejector levers on the front panel. To remove a board, you need to push the two switches to the middle and then rotate the ejector levers.
Interface Table 8-17 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-17 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Pin
Correspondi ng Cable
ETH/ OAM
RJ45
10M/100M auto-sensing Ethernet NM interface or Console interface
Refer to Table 8-18.
Refer to 10.2 Management Cables.
CLK
RJ45
Clock input/output interface
Refer to Table 8-19.
Refer to 10.4 Clock Cables.
TOD
RJ45
Time input/output interface
Refer to Table 8-20.
Refer to 10.4 Clock Cables.
ALMI/O
RJ45
Alarm input/output interface
Refer to Table 8-21.
-
Table 8-18 Pins of the ETH/OAM interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Transmit positive of the NM interface
2
Transmit negative of the NM interface
3
Receive positive of the NM interface
4
Grounding end of the Console interface
5
Receive end of the Console interface
6
Receive negative of the NM interface
7
Unspecified
8
Transmit end of the Console interface
Table 8-19 Pins of the CLK interface Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Usage
1
Negative receive end of external clock
2
Positive receive end of external clock
3
Unspecified
4
Negative transmit end of external clock
5
Positive transmit end of external clock
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
8 ATN 950B Boards
Pin
Usage
6
Unspecified
7
Unspecified
8
Unspecified
Table 8-20 Pins of the TOD interface Front View
Pin
87654321
Working Mode External Time Input
External Time Output
(1PPS + Time Information)
(1PPS + Time Information)
1
Unspecified
Unspecified
2
Unspecified
Unspecified
3
Negative input for the 1pps signal
Negative output for the 1pps signal
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
4
Grounding end
Grounding end
5
Grounding end
Grounding end
6
Positive input for the 1pps signal
Positive output for the 1pps signal
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Negative input for time information
Negative output for time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
Positive input for time information
Positive output for time information
(RS422 level)
(RS422 level)
7
8
NOTE The TOD interfaces can be configured so that they can work in one of the preceding two working modes.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-21 Pins of the ALMI/O interface Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Input for the digital parameter
2
Grounding end
3
Input for the digital parameter
4
Input for the digital parameter
5
Grounding end
6
Grounding end
7
Positive output for the digital parameter
8
Negative output for the digital parameter
8.4.2 Functions and Features The AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE controls the system, grooms services, processes the clock, and provides auxiliary interfaces. Table 8-22 lists the functions and features of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE. Table 8-22 Functions and Features of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Cross-connect capacity
AND1CXPA: 44 Gbit/s AND1CXPB: 56 Gbit/s AND1CXPE: 56 Gbit/s
Supports switching, control, and clock management. Supports the board-level 1+1 backup function. Auxiliary interface function
Provides one 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s auto-sensing Ethernet NM interface or Console interface for communication with the NMS. Provides one time input/output interface and provides the synchronization time source for the equipment. Provides one clock input/output interface and provides the synchronization clock source for the equipment. Provides one alarm input/output interface. The interface provides three inputs of alarm digital parameters.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Function and Feature
Description
Tact switches
Provides two tact switches. When you rotate the ejector levers to remove the board, the two tact switches are triggered to start the active/standby protection switching.
NOTE When you rotate only one ejector lever, the protection switching is not triggered. The protection switching is triggered only when you rotate the two ejector levers.
8.4.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE mainly consists of the service processing and grooming module, system control module, clock processing module, auxiliary interface module, and power supply module. Figure 8-16 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND2CXPA/ AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE. Figure 8-16 Block diagram for the functions of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE Back plane NM pass-through NM network interface/serial interface Time input/output interface Clock input/output interface
NM communication Auxiliary interface module
NM serial interface
Alarm input/output interface
System control module
Active/standby board communication bus
CPU control unit
The other CXP
The other CXP
Management bus Clock signals
Time signals
Clock processing module
Time signals
Logic control unit
Serial management bus
Clock signals
PICs
Management bus Service signals Under-voltage/overvoltage detection bus
Service processing and grooming module
Power supply module
Service communication bus
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
The other CXP
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
12V 3.3V
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
PICs
FAN Interface cards
172
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Service Processing and Grooming Module This module performs the following functions: l
Grooms services with switching capacity.
l
Supports automatic switching and manual switching of the active and standby boards.
System Control Module This module mainly consists of the CPU control unit and logic control unit, which perform the following functions: l
The CPU control unit works with the logic control unit to detects alarms and hardware faults, control boards, process overhead, and manage the equipment.
l
The logic control unit provides interfaces through which the CPU control unit connects to other chips on the board. The logic control unit specifies the working states of chips, initializes chips, and operates the register. In addition, the logic control unit achieves log control on active/standby switching, monitors the working state of the board, and detects the states of other boards.
Clock Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides working clock signals for the key chips on the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE.
l
Supports the physical-layer clock synchronization, and provides system clock signals for each boards.
l
Processes the IEEE 1588V2 protocol to achieve clock/time synchronization.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock (supported by AND2CXPE).
l
Supports the NTP clock.
Auxiliary Interface Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides one NM Ethernet interface or console interface.
l
Provides one time input/output interface and one time input/output interface.
l
Provides one alarm input/output interface.
Power Supply Module This module performs the following functions: l
Accesses two -48 V DC/-60 V DC power supplies.
l
Detects and reports overvoltage and undervoltage of two input power supplies.
l
Supplies 12 V power for the FAN board.
l
Supplies 3.3 V working power for the local board and the PIC boards in a centralized manner.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.4.4 DIP Switch A board has a set of DIP switches. Figure 8-17 shows the locations of the DIP switches on AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE.
1 2 3 4
ON DIP
Figure 8-17 Locations of the DIP switches on AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE.
拨码开关
You can use the DIP switches to delete the configuration file loaded on the device. Set DIP switches on AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE to 1, 1, 0, and 1. During startup, the device deletes the loaded configuration file based on the DIF switch status.
NOTICE l This operation should be executed with caution. Use it under the guidance of technical personnel. l After the configuration file is deleted, reset the DIF switches to 0, 0, 0, and 0. In this way, you do not need to delete the configuration file at each startup. l The numeral indicates 1, and the letter indicates 0. l The device password is deleted when the configuration file is deleted.
8.4.5 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE include board dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.68 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 23.6 (AND2CXPA), 28.5 (AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE)
8.5 AND1EM4T - 4 Channels GE/FE Electrical Interface Board The AND1EM4T (EM4T for short) is a four channels FE/GE adaptive electrical interface board. The function version of the EM4T is AND1. The AND1EM4T is housed in any of slots 1 to 4 (when working with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB) and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE).
8.5.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EM4T, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-18 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EM4T. Figure 8-18 Front panel of the AND1EM4T
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EM4T: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the connection status of the port
l
ACT indicator, yellow, which indicates the data transceiving status of the port NOTE
Above each service interface, there is a service port connection status indicator (LINK) and a service port transmit/receive status indicator (ACT).
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface Table 8-23 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EM4T. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-23 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EM4T Interfac e on the Front Panel
Interfac e Type
Usage
Pin
Corresponding Cable
FE/GE0 to FE/ GE3
RJ45
FE/GE auto-sensing electrical interface
Refer to Table 8-24.
Refer to 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
Table 8-24 Pins of the FE/GE electrical interfaces Front View
87654321
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair 1
2
Negative of twisted pair 1
3
Positive of twisted pair 2
4
Positive of twisted pair 3
5
Negative of twisted pair 3
6
Negative of twisted pair 2
7
Positive of twisted pair 4
8
Negative of twisted pair 4
8.5.2 Functions and Features The AND1EM4T mainly accesses 4 x FE/GE electrical signals, and processes the services with the control board. Table 8-25 lists the functions and features of the AND1EM4T. Table 8-25 Functions and features of the AND1EM4T Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides four FE/GE electrical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports signals at 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
8 ATN 950B Boards
Description Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2.
8.5.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EM4T mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module Figure 8-19 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM4T. Figure 8-19 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM4T 4 x FE/GE electrical signals
Back plane Service access module
Management bus
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
Management bus
Each module on the board
3.3V 3.0V 2.5V 1.2V
CXP CXP
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
Transmit Direction The service packets from AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB are sent to the service processing module through the backplane-side interface of the AND1EM4T. The service processing module identifies the destination interfaces for the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Then, the service processing module sends the processed packets to the service access module, where coding/decoding and serial/parallel conversion are performed. Finally, the service access module outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Receive Direction The GE/FE interfaces on the front panel receive GE/FE service signals. Then, the service access module performs serial/parallel conversion and coding/decoding on the services, and then sends the services to the service processing module. The service processing module buffers the service packets, schedules the packets, and finally outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the GE/FE services from the interfaces on the front panel, performs serial/parallel conversion and coding/decoding, and then sends the services to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, and serial/parallel conversion on the packets, and then outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
l
This module extracts the synchronous Ethernet clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives and buffers the service packets from the interface conversion module. Then, this module schedules packets from different interfaces. Finally, this module outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service packets from the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB, identifies the destination interfaces of the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets based on the access capability of the EM4T and the access bandwidth setting at each interface. Finally, this module outputs the packets to the service access module.
l
This module extracts and inserts IEEE 1588 V2 packets.
Management Module This module is used with the CXP to manage and control each module on the EM4T.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EM4T.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and SSM protocols.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588 V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module provides the DC power of the following specifications to each module on the EM4T. l Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
3.3 V Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.2 V
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.5.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1EM4T board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 8-26 lists the specifications of the electrical interfaces on the AND1EM4T board. Table 8-26 Specifications of the FE/GE electrical interface Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.44 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 10.4
8.6 AND1EM8T - 8 Channels GE/FE Electric Interface Board The AND1EM8T (EM8T for short) is an eight channels FE/GE adaptive electrical interface board. The function version of the EM8T is AND1. The AND1EM8T is housed in any of slots 1 to 2.
8.6.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EM8T, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-20 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EM8T. Figure 8-20 Front panel of the AND1EM8T
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EM8T: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the connection status of the port
l
ACT indicator, yellow, which indicates the data transceiving status of the port NOTE
Above each service interface, there is a service port connection status indicator (LINK) and a service port transmit/receive status indicator (ACT).
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface Table 8-27 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EM8T. Table 8-27 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EM8T Interfac e on the Front Panel
Interfac e Type
Usage
Pin
Corresponding Cable
FE/GE0 to FE/ GE7
RJ45
FE/GE auto-sensing electrical interface
Refer to Table 8-28.
Refer to 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
Table 8-28 Pins of the FE/GE electrical interfaces Front View
87654321
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Pin
Usage
1
Positive of twisted pair 1
2
Negative of twisted pair 1
3
Positive of twisted pair 2
4
Positive of twisted pair 3
5
Negative of twisted pair 3
6
Negative of twisted pair 2
7
Positive of twisted pair 4
8
Negative of twisted pair 4
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.6.2 Functions and Features The AND1EM8T mainly accesses 8 x FE/GE electrical signals, and processes the services with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB. Table 8-29 lists the functions and features of the AND1EM8T. Table 8-29 Functions and features of the AND1EM8T Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight FE/GE electrical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports signals at 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE When using an electrical interface at 10 Mbit/s, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet clock or IEEE 1588v2.
8.6.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EM8T mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 8-21 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM8T.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-21 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM8T 8 x FE/GE electrical signals
Back plane Service access module
Management bus
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
Management bus
Each module on the board
3.3V 3.0V 2.5V 1.8V 1.2V
CXP CXP
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
Transmit Direction The service packets from AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB are sent to the service processing module through the backplane-side interface of the AND1EM8T. The service processing module identifies the destination interfaces for the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Then, the service processing module sends the processed packets to the service access module, where coding/decoding and serial/parallel conversion are performed. Finally, the service access module outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
Receive Direction The GE/FE interfaces on the front panel receive GE/FE service signals. Then, the service access module performs serial/parallel conversion and coding/decoding on the services, and then sends the services to the service processing module. The service processing module buffers the service packets, schedules the packets, and finally outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the GE/FE services from the interfaces on the front panel, performs serial/parallel conversion and coding/decoding, and then sends the services to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, and serial/parallel conversion on the packets, and then outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
l
This module extracts the synchronous Ethernet clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
l
In the receive direction, this module receives and buffers the service packets from the interface conversion module. Then, this module schedules packets from different interfaces. Finally, this module outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service packets from the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB, identifies the destination interfaces of the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets based on the access capability of the EM8T and the access bandwidth setting at each interface. Finally, this module outputs the packets to the service access module.
l
This module extracts and inserts IEEE 1588 V2 packets.
Management Module This module is used with the CXP to manage and control each module on the EM8T.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EM8T.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and SSM protocols.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588 V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Power Supply Module This module provides the DC power of the following specifications to each module on the EM8T. l
3.3 V
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.8 V
l
1.2 V
8.6.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1EM8T board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 8-30 lists the specifications of the electrical interfaces on the AND1EM8T board. Table 8-30 Specifications of the FE/GE electrical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.46 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 21.1
8.7 AND1EM4F - 4 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board The AND1EM4F (EM4F for short) is a four channels FE/GE optical interface board. The function version of the EM4F is AND1. The AND1EM4F is housed in any of slots 1 to 4 (when working with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB) and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE).
8.7.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EM4F, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-22shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EM4F. Figure 8-22 Front panel of the AND1EM4F
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EM4F: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
L/A0 to L/A3 indicators, green or orange, which indicate the port connection status and data transmit/receive status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface Four SFP interfaces are present on the EM4F. Table 8-31 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the EM4F.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-31 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EM4F Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Correspo nding Fiber
Optical module
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input interface for the GE optical signal.
Refer to 10.6 Optical Fibers.
IN0 to IN3
When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is not used. OUT0 to OUT3
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an output interface for the GE/FE optical signal. When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input/output interface for the GE/FE optical signal.
Electrical module
OUT0 IN0, OUT3 IN3
RJ-45
Input/Output interfaces for GE electrical signals
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
NOTE The GE SFP interface on the front panel can function as either an optical interface or an electrical interface. When the SFP interface functions as an optical interface, it needs to be used with an optical module; when the SFP interface functions as an electrical interface, it needs to be used with an electrical module.
8.7.2 Functions and Features The AND1EM4F mainly accesses 4 x FE/GE optical signals, and processes the services with the control board. Table 8-32 lists the functions and features of the AND1EM4F. Table 8-32 Functions and features of the AND1EM4F Basic function
Description
Basic function
Supports four FE/GE interfaces (SFP). Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Basic function
Description
Interface function
Supports FE optical modules, FE electrical modules, GE optical modules and GE electrical modules. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2.
8.7.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EM4F mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 8-23 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM4F. Figure 8-23 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM4F 4 x FE/GE optical signals
Back plane Service access module
Management bus
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
Management bus
Each module on the board
3.3V 3.0V 2.5V 1.2V
CXP CXP
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
Transmit Direction The service packets from AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB are sent to the service processing module through the backplane-side interface of the EM4F. The service processing module identifies the destination interfaces for the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Then, the service processing module sends the processed packets to the service access module, where coding/ Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and E/O conversion are performed. Finally, the service access module outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
Receive Direction The GE/FE interfaces on the front panel receive GE/FE service signals. Then, the service access module performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding on the services, and then sends the services to the service processing module. The service processing module buffers the service packets, schedules the packets, and finally outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the GE/FE services from the interfaces on the front panel, performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding, and then sends the services to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and E/O conversion on the packets, and then outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
l
This module extracts the synchronous Ethernet clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives and buffers the service packets from the service access module. Then, this module schedules packets from different interfaces. Finally, this module outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service packets from the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB, identifies the destination interfaces of the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Finally, this module outputs the packets to the service access module.
l
This module extracts and inserts IEEE 1588 V2 packets.
Management Module This module is used with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB to manage and control each module on the EM4F.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EM4F.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and SSM protocols.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588 V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Power Supply Module This module provides the DC power of the following specifications to each module on the EM4F. l
3.3 V
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.2 V
8.7.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1EM4F board include interface specifications and physical specifications. For information about the swappable optical/electrical FE/GE optical modules supported at SFP interfaces on the AND1EM4F board, see Table 8-33, Table 8-34, Table 8-35, and Table 8-36. The interface specifications depend on the optical/electrical modules on the board. For details on the specifications of optical/electrical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules. Table 8-33 Information about FE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 8-34 Information about GE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060286
eSFP, 850 nm, LC, Multi-mode, 0.5 km
34060473
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
S4016954
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060360
eSFP, 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060483
eSFP, 1471nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060481
eSFP, 1491nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060479
eSFP, 1511nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060482
eSFP, 1521nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Commercial
Two-fiber bidirectional CWDM Commercial
188
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Code
Optical Module Information
34060478
eSFP, 1551nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060476
eSFP, 1571nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060477
eSFP, 1591nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060480
eSFP, 1611nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060475
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060470
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060539
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060540
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060595
eSFP, Tx 1570 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060596
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1570 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
8 ATN 950B Boards
Remarks
Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 8-35 Information about FE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100101
100BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
Table 8-36 Information about GE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100080
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
34100052
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, Auto Negotiate, 100 m
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.44 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 12.0
8.8 AND1EM4C: 4 Channels GE/FE Combo Board The AND1EM4C (EM4C for short) board is a 4 x FE/GE Combo board and its functional version is AND1. The AND1EM4C is housed in any of slots 1 to 4 (when working with the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB) and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE). Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.8.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EM4C (EM4C for short) board, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance Figure 8-24 shows the appearance of the front panel of the EM4C board. Figure 8-24 Front panel of the EM4C board
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the EM4C board: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
Status indicators (L/A0 to L/A3), green or orange, which indicate the port connection status and data receiving and transmission status
l
LINK indicator, green, which indicates the port connection status
l
ACT indicator, yellow, which indicates the data receiving and transmission status of the port NOTE
There are four LINK indicators and four ACT indicators on the EM4C board. One LINK indicator and one ACT indicator are present above each FE/GE electrical interface (RJ-45).
For the descriptions of the indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces Table 8-37 describes the types and functions of the interfaces on the EM4C board. Table 8-37 Interfaces on the EM4C board Interfaces
Interface Type
Function
Required Cable
OUT0 IN0 to OUT3 IN3
SFP
FE/GE signal input/output interfaces
For details, see 10.6 Optical Fibers.
FE/GE0 to FE/ GE3
RJ-45
FE/GE electrical signal input/ output interfaces
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
NOTE
The four SFP interfaces and four electrical interfaces are numbered from 0 to 3. Each SFP interface corresponds to the electrical interface with the same number and the two interfaces are considered as a group (for example, OUT0 IN0 and FE/GE0). The two interfaces in each group cannot be used at the same time.
Table 8-38 SFP interfaces Interface s
Supported Pluggable Modules
Interface Type
Function
OUT0 IN0 to OUT3 IN3
FE optical modules
LC
FE/GE optical signal input/output interfaces
GE optical modules
Table 8-39 Pins of FE/GE electrical interfaces Front View
87654321
Pin
Function
1
Positive of twisted pair 1
2
Negative of twisted pair 1
3
Positive of twisted pair 2
4
Positive of twisted pair 3
5
Negative of twisted pair 3
6
Negative of twisted pair 2
7
Positive of twisted pair 4
8
Negative of twisted pair 4
8.8.2 Functions and Features The AND1EM4C (EM4C for short) board provides four FE/GE SFP interfaces and four FE/GE electrical interfaces, and it works with the system control board to transceive and process 4 x FE/GE services. Table 8-40 describes the functions and features of the EM4C board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-40 Functions and features of the EM4C board Functions and Features
Description
Basic functions
Provides four FE/GE SFP interfaces and four FE/GE electrical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Supports temperature and voltage detection.
Interfaces
FE/GE SFP interfaces support FE optical modules and GE optical modules. FE/GE electrical interfaces support signals at 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, and 1000 Mbit/s. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports flow control. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clocks
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE l The four FE/GE SFP interfaces and four FE/GE electrical interfaces are numbered from 0 to 3. Each FE/GE SFP interface corresponds to the FE/GE electrical interface with the same number and the two interfaces are considered as a group (for example, OUT0 IN0 and FE/GE0). The two interfaces in each group cannot be used at the same time. l When using a 10 Mbit/s electrical interface, the board does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2.
8.8.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EM4C (EM4C for short) board consists of interfaces, an ETH module, a logic module, a clock module, and a power module. Figure 8-25 illustrates the working principle of the EM4C board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-25 Working principle of the EM4C board Backplane
AND1EM4C SFP
ETH Module
SFP SFP
ETH Module
SFP RJ-45
ETH Module
RJ-45 RJ-45
ETH Module
RJ-45
1 x GE CLK 1 x GE CLK 1 x GE
Service logic
4 x GE Signal selection
CXP
CLK
CLK
CXP
1 x GE CLK Control logic
Control
Logic Module Clock Module
Power Module
CXP -48V/-60V PIU -48V/-60V PIU
In the Receive Direction After the EM4C board receives FE/GE services through the SFP or electrical interfaces, the Ethernet processing module performs encoding, decoding, and serial/parallel conversion of the service data, extracts synchronous Ethernet clock signals, and transmits the service data to the logic module. Then the service logic in the logic module buffers and schedules the service data, processes synchronous Ethernet clock signals and IEEE 1588v2 packets, and transmits the processed data to the active and standby system control boards.
In the Transmit Direction After the EM4C board receives the service data from the active system control board, the service logic in the logic module identifies the target interfaces of the service data, buffers and schedules the service data, processes synchronous Ethernet clock signals and IEEE 1588v2 packets, and transmits the processed data to the Ethernet processing module. Then the Ethernet processing module performs encoding, decoding, and serial/parallel conversion of the service data, delivers synchronous Ethernet clock signals downstream, and transmits the processed data through the pre-determined SFP or electrical interfaces on the board.
ETH Module The Ethernet processing module performs the following functions: l
Processes information on physical interfaces.
l
Performs encoding, decoding, and serial/parallel conversion of service data.
l
Extracts synchronous Ethernet clock signals.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Logic Module The logic module includes a service logic and a control logic. l
The service logic performs the following functions: – Buffers and schedules service data. – Identifies the target interfaces of the service data. – Exchanges service data with the active and standby system control boards using the dual-fed and selective receiving function. – Supports synchronous Ethernet and IEEE 1588v2.
l
The control logic works with the system control boards to manage and control each module on the board.
Clock Module The clock module provides the working clock for each module on the board.
Power Module The power module provides a DC voltage for each module on the board.
8.8.4 Technical Specifications and Standards Compliance Technical specifications of the AND1EM4C (EM4C for short) board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications l
For the specifications of FE/GE electrical interfaces, see Table 8-41.
l
For information about the swappable FE/GE optical modules supported at FE/GE (SFP) interfaces, see Table 8-42 and Table 8-43. The interface specifications depend on the optical/electrical modules on the board. For details on the specifications of optical/electrical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules.
Table 8-41 Specifications of the FE/GE electrical interface Item
Specification Requirement
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Complies with IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations.
Table 8-42 Information about FE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Commercial
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 8-43 Information about GE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060286
eSFP, 850 nm, LC, Multi-mode, 0.5 km
34060473
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
S4016954
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060360
eSFP, 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060483
eSFP, 1471nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060481
eSFP, 1491nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060479
eSFP, 1511nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060482
eSFP, 1521nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060478
eSFP, 1551nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060476
eSFP, 1571nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060477
eSFP, 1591nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060480
eSFP, 1611nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060475
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060470
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060539
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060540
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060595
eSFP, Tx 1570 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060596
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1570 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
Commercial
Two-fiber bidirectional CWDM Commercial
Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Physical Specifications Dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 193.80 (W) x 225.75 (D) Weight (kg): 0.46 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Power consumption under room temperature (W): 9.4
8.9 AND1EM8F - 8 Channels GE/FE Optical Interface Board The AND1EM8F (EM8F for short) is an eight channels FE/GE optical interface board. The function version of the EM8F is AND1. The AND1EM8F is housed in any of slots 1 to 2.
8.9.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EM8F, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-26 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EM8F. Figure 8-26 Front panel of the AND1EM8F
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EM8F: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
L/A0 to L/A7 indicators, green or orange, which indicate the port connection status and data transmit/receive status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface Eight SFP interfaces are present on the EM8F. Table 8-44 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the EM8F.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-44 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EM8F Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Correspo nding Cable Fiber
Optical interface
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input interface for the GE optical signal.
Refer to 10.6 Optical Fibers.
IN0 to IN7
When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is not used. OUT0 to OUT7
LC
When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an output interface for the GE/FE optical signal. When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, this interface is used as an input/output interface for the GE/FE optical signal.
Electrical module
OUT0 IN0, OUT7 IN7
RJ-45
Input/Output interfaces for GE electrical signals
For details, see 10.5.1 Ethernet Cables.
NOTE The GE SFP interface on the front panel can function as either an optical interface or an electrical interface. When the SFP interface functions as an optical interface, it needs to be used with an optical module; when the SFP interface functions as an electrical interface, it needs to be used with an electrical module.
8.9.2 Functions and Features The AND1EM8F mainly accesses 8 x FE/GE optical signals, and processes the services with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB. Table 8-45 lists the functions and features of the AND1CXPA/AND1EM8F. Table 8-45 Functions and features of the AND1EM8F Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Supports eight FE/GE interfaces (SFP). Supports the hot swappable function.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
8 ATN 950B Boards
Description Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports FE optical modules, FE electrical modules, GE optical modules and GE electrical modules. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
NOTE If the SFP interface houses an electrical module, the interface does not support synchronous Ethernet or IEEE 1588v2.
8.9.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1EM8F mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 8-27 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM8F. Figure 8-27 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EM8F 8 x FE/GE optical signals
Back plane Service access module
Management bus
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
Management bus
Each module on the board
3.3V 3.0V 2.5V 1.8V 1.2V
CXP CXP
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
Transmit Direction The service packets from AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB are sent to the service processing module through the backplane-side interface of the EM8F. The service processing module identifies the destination interfaces for the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Then, the service Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
processing module sends the processed packets to the service access module, where coding/ decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and E/O conversion are performed. Finally, the service access module outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
Receive Direction The GE/FE interfaces on the front panel receive GE/FE service signals. Then, the service access module performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding on the services, and then sends the services to the service processing module. The service processing module buffers the service packets, schedules the packets, and finally outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the GE/FE services from the interfaces on the front panel, performs O/E conversion, serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding, and then sends the services to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and E/O conversion on the packets, and then outputs the packets through the GE/FE interfaces on the front panel.
l
This module extracts the synchronous Ethernet clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives and buffers the service packets from the service access module. Then, this module schedules packets from different interfaces. Finally, this module outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service packets from the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB, identifies the destination interfaces of the packets, and buffers and schedules the packets. Finally, this module outputs the packets to the service access module.
l
This module extracts and inserts IEEE 1588 V2 packets.
Management Module This module is used with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB to manage and control each module on the EM8F.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EM8F.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and SSM protocols.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588 V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Power Supply Module This module provides the DC power of the following specifications to each module on the EM8F. l
3.3 V
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.8 V
l
1.2 V
8.9.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1EM8F board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable FE/GE optical/electrical modules supported at SFP interfaces on the AND1EM8F board, see Table 8-46, Table 8-47, Table 8-48, and Table 8-49. The interface specifications depend on the optical/electrical modules on the board. For details on the specifications of optical/electrical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules. Table 8-46 Information about FE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 8-47 Information about GE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060286
eSFP, 850 nm, LC, Multi-mode, 0.5 km
34060473
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
S4016954
eSFP, 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060360
eSFP, 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060483
eSFP, 1471nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Commercial
Two-fiber bidirectional 200
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060481
eSFP, 1491nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
CWDM
34060479
eSFP, 1511nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060482
eSFP, 1521nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060478
eSFP, 1551nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060476
eSFP, 1571nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060477
eSFP, 1591nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060480
eSFP, 1611nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060475
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060470
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060539
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060540
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
34060595
eSFP, Tx 1570 nm/Rx 1490 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060596
eSFP, Tx 1490 nm/Rx 1570 nm, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
Commercial
Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Table 8-48 Information about FE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100101
100BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
Table 8-49 Information about GE Electrical Module Code
Electrical Module Information
34100080
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, 100 m
34100052
1000BASE-T, RJ45, SFP Electrical Module, Auto Negotiate, 100 m
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.46 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 18.7
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.10 AND1EX1 - 1 Channel 10 GE Optical Interface Board The AND1EX1 (EX1 for short) is a one channel 10 GE optical interface board. The function version of the EX1 is AND1. The AND1EX1 is housed in any of slots 5 to 6 (when working with the AND1CXPA), in any of slots 3 to 6 (when working with the AND1CXPB), and in any of slots 1 to 6 (when working with the AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE).
8.10.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1EX1, there are indicators and an interface.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-28 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1EX1. Figure 8-28 Front panel of the AND1EX1
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1EX1: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
L/A indicators, green or orange, which indicate the port connection status and data transmit/ receive status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interface One SFP interface is present on the AND1EX1. Table 8-50 lists the types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EX1. Table 8-50 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND1EX1
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
Correspo nding Fiber
Optical interface
IN
LC
Input interface for the 10GE optical signal
OUT
LC
Output interface for the 10GE optical signal
Refer to 10.6 Optical Fibers.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.10.2 Functions and Features The AND1EX1 mainly accesses one channel of 10 GE signal, and processes the services with the control board. Table 8-51 lists the functions and features of the AND1EX1. Table 8-51 Functions and features of the AND1EX1 Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Supports one 10GE interfaces (XFP). Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Supports 10GE optical modules. Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the traffic control function. Supports Layer 2 and Layer 3 working modes.
Clock
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization (synchronous Ethernet). Supports IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR.
8.10.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow AND1EX1 mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module Figure 8-29 shows the block diagram for the functions of the AND1EX1. Figure 8-29 Block diagram for the functions of the AND1EX1 Back plane 1 x 10GE signal
Service access module
Management bus
Service signals
Service processing module
Management bus
Management module
Service signals
CXP
Clock signals
Clock module
Clock signals
Management bus
Each module on the board
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
5.0V 3.3V 1.8V 1.2V
CXP CXP
Power supply module
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
203
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Transmit Direction The service packets from AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB are sent to the service processing module through the backplane-side interface of the EX1. The service processing module buffers and schedules the packets. Then, the service processing module sends the processed packets to the service access module, where coding/decoding, and serial/parallel conversion are performed. Finally, the service access module outputs the packets through the 10 GE interface on the front panel.
Receive Direction The 10 GE interface on the front panel receives 10 GE service signals. Then, the service access module performs serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding on the services, and then sends the services to the service processing module. The service processing module buffers and schedules the service packets, and finally outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the 10 GE services from the interfaces on the front panel, performs serial/parallel conversion, and coding/decoding, and then sends the services to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service packets from the service processing module, performs coding/decoding, and serial/parallel conversion on the packets, and then outputs the packets through the 10 GE interfaces on the front panel.
l
This module extracts the synchronous Ethernet clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives and buffers the service packets from the interface conversion module. Then, this module schedules packets based on the access capability of the EX1 and the access bandwidth settings at the interface. Finally, this module outputs the packets through the backplane-side interface.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service packets from the AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB, buffers and schedules the packets. Finally, this module outputs the packets to the service access module.
l
This module extracts and inserts IEEE 1588 V2 packets.
Management Module This module is used with the AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB to manage and control each module on the EX1.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the EX1.
l
Supports the synchronous Ethernet and SSM protocols.
l
Supports the IEEE 1588 V2 protocol.
l
Supports the 1588 ACR clock.
8 ATN 950B Boards
Power Supply Module This module provides the DC power of the following specifications to each module on the EX1. l
5.0 V
l
3.3 V
l
1.8 V
l
1.2 V
8.10.4 Technical Specifications Technical specifications of the AND1EX1 board include interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable optical modules supported at XFP interfaces on the AND1EX1 board, see Table 8-52. The interface specifications depend on the optical modules on the board. For details on the specifications of optical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/ Electrical Modules. Table 8-52 Information about 10GE optical modules
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015772
XFP, 1310 nm, LC, Singlemode, 10 km
S4015776
XFP, 1550 nm, LC, Singlemode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
S4015794
XFP, 1550 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060547
XFP, 1471 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060548
XFP, 1491 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060549
XFP, 1511 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060550
XFP, 1531 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060551
XFP, 1551 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060552
XFP, 1571 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060553
XFP, 1591 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
34060554
XFP, 1611 nm, LC, Singlemode, 70 km
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Commercial Two-fiber bidirectional CWDM Commercial
205
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
34060568
TXFP, 1529.163 nm to 1560.606 nm (wavelength tunable), LC, Singlemode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060532
XFP, 1529.55 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060515
XFP, 1530.33 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060504
XFP, 1531.12 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060503
XFP, 1531.90 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060534
XFP, 1532.68 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060628
XFP, 1533.47 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060627
XFP, 1534.25 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060626
XFP, 1535.04 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060531
XFP, 1548.51 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060514
XFP, 1549.32 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060502
XFP, 1550.12 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060501
XFP, 1550.92 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060533
XFP, 1551.72 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060625
XFP, 1552.52 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060624
XFP, 1553.33 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
34060623
XFP, 1554.13 nm, LC, Singlemode, 80 km
DWDM Commercial
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 22.86 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W) Weight (kg): 0.42 Power consumption (W, room temperature): 13.1
8.11 AND2CQ1B - 4 Channels Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS Optical Interface Board This section describes the AND2CQ1B, a 4 channels channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS optical interface board, in terms of the overview, functions, features, working principle, front panel, and technical specifications.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
206
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.11.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND2CQ1B board, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-30 shows the front panel of the AND2CQ1B board. Figure 8-30 Front panel of the AND2CQ1B board
Indicator The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND2CQ1B board: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LOS1 to LOS4 indicators, red or green, which indicate the port status
For details on meanings of the indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces Four SFP interfaces are present on the front panel of the AND2CQ1B board. Table 8-53 lists the types and usage of the interfaces. For details on fiber connections to these interfaces, see 10.6 Optical Fibers. Table 8-53 Types and usage of the interfaces on the AND2CQ1B board Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage
IN0 to IN1
LC
Input interface for STM-1 (VC12) optical signals
OUT0 to OUT1
LC
Output interface for STM-1 (VC12) optical signals
NOTE The SFP interface should be used with an optical module. l When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, two LC interfaces are provided on the left and right sides of the optical module. Each interface uses one fiber, which is used to transmit or receive service signals. l When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, only one LC interface is provided on the left side of the optical module. This optical interface uses only one fiber, which is used to transmit and receive service signals at the same time.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.11.2 Functions and Features When working with the main control board, the AND2CQ1B board receives and processes 4 channels STM-1(VC12) signals. Table 8-54 lists the functions and features of the AND2CQ1B. Table 8-54 Functions and features of the AND2CQ1B Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides four channelized STM-1 optical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
CPOS interface function
The CPOS interface supports FE optical modules. The CPOS interface supports inloops and outloops. The E1 channel supports the PRBS test. The E1 channel supports inloops and outloops. The E1 channel supports the master/slave clock modes. The E1 channel supports the serial interface in the E1 and CE1 modes. The serial interface supports the ATM, TDM, and PPP protocols.
CPOS-Trunk interface
Number of CPOS-Trunk member interfaces
2
The E1 channel supports the serial interface in the E1 and CE1 modes. The Trunk-serial interface supports the TDM and PPP protocols.
ATM
Supports the APS protocol.
1+1 unidirectional protection
Number of supported ATM E1 services
252
Number of supported IMA groups
128
Maximum number of E1 links supported by each IMA group
32
Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the N-to-1 (N ≤32) or 1-to-1 format. Supports the ATM bundle function. Number of supported PVCs/PVPs Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
1024
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
TDM
PPP
8 ATN 950B Boards
Remarks Number of supported local ATM CCCs
128
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
256
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Number of supported local TDM CCCs
126
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
252
Number of supported PPP links
252
Number of supported MLPPP groups
64
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16
Number of supported global MP groups
64
Maximum number of links supported by each global MP group
16
8.11.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND2CQ1B board consists of an SDH processing module, a logic processing module, a data processing module, a management module, a clock module, and a power supply module. Figure 8-31 shows the functional block diagram of the AND2CQ1B board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
209
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-31 Functional block diagram of the AND2CQ1B board Backplane 4 xSTM-1(VC12)signals
SDH processing module
Service signal
Logic processing module
Management bus
Service signal
Service signals
Data processing module
Management bus
Clock module Power supply module
CXP B
Management bus Management bus
Management module
3.3 V 3.0 V 2.5 V 1.5V 1.2 V 1.0 V 0.75 V
CXP A Service signals
CXP
System clock signals
-48 V/-60 V -48 V/-60 V
CXP
PIU PIU
Upstream Direction In the receive direction, the SDH processing module accesses 4 x channelized STM-1 services through the interface on the front panel. This module decapsulates the VC-12 timeslots from the STM-1 signals, recovers the E1 signals, processes the overhead bytes, pointers, and alarm signals, and sends the processed signals to the logic processing module. Then, the logic processing module rearranges the E1 frames, processes the rearranged signals, and sends the signals to the data processing module for PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling. Finally, the signals are sent to the main control board through the interface on the backplane.
Transmit Direction In the transmit direction, the data processing module receives the signals from the the main control board, identifies the signals, performs the PWE3 decapsulation, and then sends the signals to the logic processing module. The logic processing module processes various signals, schedules queues, and sends the processed signals to the SDH processing module. The SDH processing module maps the E1 signals to the VC-12 timeslots, multiplexes the VC-12 timeslots to the STM-1 signals, adds the overhead bytes and pointers, processes the alarm signals, and sends out the STM-1 signals through the interface on the front panel.
SDH Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module recovers clock or data from the received 4 channels STM-1(VC12) signals, align frames, descrambles signals, processes SOHs, adjusts pointers, processes POHs. Then it sends the signals to the logic processing module over a bus for further processing.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service signals from the logic processing module, reframes VC-3 or VC-4 signals, adds overheads and pointers, processes alarms,
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
210
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
and sends 4 channels STM-1(VC12) signals to other boards through the interfaces on the front panel. l
This module performs LMSP protection switching to protect services against failures.
l
This module extracts and recovers the line clock.
logic Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the signals from the SDH processing module, rearranges the frames of the E1 signals, performs processing and suppression of timeslots of the CES services. Then, the processed signals are sent to the data processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the signals from the data processing module, and sends the processed signals to the SDH processing module.
Data Processing Module This module performs the following functions. l
In the receive direction, this module obtains PW information about the service, encapsulates signals in PWE3, schedules PWs, and sends the signals to main control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives service signals from main control board, determines the service signal type, decapsulates PWE3 signals, and schedules the signals.
Management Module This module works with main control board to manage and control other modules on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
Processes the line clock.
l
Receives the system clock from main control board and provides the working clock for each module on the board.
l
Supports the synchronization status message (SSM) protocol.
Power Supply Module This module provides required voltages for other modules on the board. l
3.3 V
l
3.0 V
l
2.5 V
l
1.5 V
l
1.2 V
l
1.0 V
l
0.75 V
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
211
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.11.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1CQ1B board cover interface specifications, board dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable optical modules supported by SFP interfaces on the AND2CQ1B board, see Table 8-55. The interface specifications depend on the optical modules on the board. For details on the optical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules. Table 8-55 Information about FE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Other Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 193.80 (W) x 225.75 (D) Weight (kg): 0.47 Power consumption (W): 11.50
8.12 AND2PQ1: 4 Channels OC-3/STM-1 POS Optical Interface Board The AND2PQ1 (PQ1 for short) board is a 4 x OC-3/STM-1 POS optical interface board and its functional version is AND2. It is configured in any of slots 1 to 6 in a chassis.
8.12.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND2PQ1 (PQ1 for short) board, there are indicators and four optical interfaces.
Appearance Figure 8-32 shows the appearance of the front panel of the PQ1 board. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
212
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-32 Front panel of the PQ1 board
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the PQ1 board: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
l
LOS0, LOS1, LOS2, and LOS3, red or green, which indicate the port status
For the descriptions of the indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There are four SFP interfaces on the PQ1 board. Table 8-56 describes the types and functions of the interfaces. For details on the required optical fibers, see 10.6 Optical Fibers. Table 8-56 Interfaces on the PQ1 board Interfaces
Interface Type
Function
IN0 to IN3
LC
STM-1 optical signal input interfaces
OUT0 to OUT3
LC
STM-1 optical signal output interfaces
NOTE The SFP interface should be used with an optical module. l When a two-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, two LC interfaces are provided on the left and right sides of the optical module. Each interface uses one fiber, which is used to transmit or receive service signals. l When a single-fiber bidirectional optical module is used, only one LC interface is provided on the left side of the optical module. This optical interface uses only one fiber, which is used to transmit and receive service signals at the same time.
8.12.2 Functions and Features The AND2PQ1 (PQ1 for short) board works with the system control board to transceive and process 4 x STM-1 (POS) data services. Table 8-57 describes the functions and features of the PQ1 board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
213
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-57 Functions and features of the PQ1 board Functions and Features
Description
Basic functions
Provides four POS optical interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Supports temperature and voltage detection.
Interfaces
Supports FE optical modules. Supports the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP). Supports the master clock mode (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops.
8.12.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND2PQ1 (PQ1 for short) board consists of interfaces, an SDH processing module, a logic module, a data processing module, a clock module, and a power module. Figure 8-33 illustrates the working principle of the PQ1 board. Figure 8-33 Working principle of the PQ1 board Backplane
AND2PQ1
SFP
STM-1 STM-1
4 x VC4
SDH STM-1 Module SFP STM-1 SFP
Service logic
4 x VC4
Data Module
Control logic
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
1 x GE
CXP
Control
Logic Module Clock Module
Signal selection
SFP
Power Module
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
CXP
-48V/-60V
PIU -48V/-60V PIU
214
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
In the Receive Direction The SDH processing module receives 4 x channelized STM-1 services through the interface on the front panel, processes STM-1 section and channel overheads, pointers, and alarms, and transmits the scrambled signals to the logic module. The service logic of the logic module transparently transmits VC-4 services. Then the data processing module encapsulates the service signals into frames and transmits the frames to the active and standby system control boards through GE channels.
In the Transmit Direction The PQ1 board receives service data from the active system control board, decapsulates the service data, and transmits the processed data to the logic module. The service logic of the logic module transparently transmits VC-4 services. Then the SDH processing module encapsulates the service signals into STM-1 signals, adds overheads and pointers to the signals, processes alarms, and transmits the STM-1 signals through the interfaces on the front panel.
SDH Processing Module The SDH processing module processes STM-1 section and channel overheads, pointers, and alarms.
Logic Module The service logic of the logic module transparently transmits VC-4 services. The control logic works with the system control boards to manage and control each module on the board.
Data Processing Module The data processing module performs the following functions. l
Encapsulates and decapsulates VC-4 service signals.
l
Dually transmits and selectively receives data from/to the active and standby system control boards.
Clock Module The clock module provides the working clock for each module on the board.
Power Module The power module provides a DC voltage for each module on the board.
8.12.4 Technical Specifications and Standards Compliance Technical specifications of the AND2PQ1 (PQ1 for short) board include interface specifications, board dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Interface Specifications For information about the swappable optical modules supported at SFP interfaces on the AND2PQ1 board, see Table 8-58. The interface specifications depend on the optical modules Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
215
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
on the board. For details on the specifications of optical modules, see 9 Swappable Optical/ Electrical Modules. Table 8-58 Information about FE optical modules Code
Optical Module Information
Remarks
S4015755
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 15 km
S4015715
eSFP, 1310 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 40 km
Two-fiber bidirectional
34060282
eSFP, 1550 nm, STM-1, LC, Single-mode, 80 km
34060363
eSFP, Tx 1310 nm/Rx 1550 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
34060364
eSFP, Tx 1550 nm/Rx 1310 nm, LC, Single-mode, 10 km
Commercial Single-fiber bidirectional Commercial
Other Specifications Dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 193.80 (W) x 225.75 (D) Weight (kg): 0.47 Power consumption (W): 11.50
8.13 AND1ML1/AND1ML1A - 16 Channels E1 Electrical Interface Board The functional version of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A is AND1.. NOTE
The AND1ML1 and AND1ML1A have the same functions and features except for the matched impedance (AND1ML1: 75 ohms E1; AND1ML1A: 120 ohms E1).
8.13.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-34 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1ML1. Figure 8-34 Front panel of the AND1ML1
Figure 8-35 shows the appearance of the front panel of the AND1ML1A. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
216
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-35 Front panel of the AND1ML1A
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There is one Anea 96 interface on the front panel of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A. Table 8-59 lists the type and usage of the interface. For cables corresponding to the interfaces, see 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables. Table 8-59 Type and usage of the interface on the front panel of the ML1 Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage AND1ML1
AND1ML1A
1 - 16
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the first to sixteenth channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the first to sixteenth channels of E1 services.
Table 8-60 lists the pins of the Anea 96 interface. Table 8-60 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5 6 Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
27
Tx1
28 Rx2
29
Tx2
30
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
217
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
8 ATN 950B Boards
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
7
Rx3
31
Tx3
8 9
32 Rx4
10 11
Rx5
Rx6
Rx7
Rx8
Rx9
R x 10
R x 11
R x 12
R x 13
56
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
43
Tx9
45
T x 10
47
T x 11
73
T x 12
75
T x 13
76 R x 14
54 55
Tx8
74
52 53
41
48
50 51
Tx7
46
24 49
39
44
22 23
Tx6
42
20 21
37
40
18 19
Tx5
38
16 17
35 36
14 15
Tx4
34
12 13
33
77
T x 14
78 R x 15
79
T x 15
80
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
218
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.13.2 Functions and Features The AND1ML1 is a 75-ohm E1 board and the AND1ML1A is a 120-ohm E1 board. The AND1ML1/ML1A can access a maximum of 16 x E1 signals, supports flexible configuration of different services on each port, and is hot swappable. Table 8-61 lists functions and features of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A. Table 8-61 Functions and features of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides 16 E1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Impedance supported by the interface
AND1ML1: 75 ohm AND1ML1A: 120 ohm
Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports the master clock mode (unconfigurable). Supports the HDB3 line coding (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. ATM
Number of supported ATM E1 services
16
Number of supported IMA groups
16
Maximum number of E1 links in each IMA group
16
Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the Nto-1 (N≤32) or 1-to-1 format. Supports the ATM bundle function.
TDM Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Number of supported PVCs/ PVPs
256
Number of supported local ATM CCCs
32
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
64
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
219
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
8 ATN 950B Boards
Remarks Supports the timeslot compression function. For services in CESoPSN mode, a minimum of 2 timeslots can be bundled during serial port configuration. Supports the fractional E1. Different timeslots of an E1 can be bound to different CES PWs.
PPP
Clock
Number of supported local TDM CCCs
8
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
16
Number of supported PPP links
16
Number of supported MLPPP groups
8
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
8.13.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND1ML1/AND1ML1A mainly consists of the control module, line-side processing module, system-side processing module, backplane interface module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 8-36shows the block diagram for the working principle of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
220
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-36 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A Backplane 1.2 V To each module
16 x E1 signals
Line-side processing module
Service bus
-48 V/-60 V
1.26 V
System-side
Service bus
processing module
Backplane interface module
Management bus Management bus
To each module
Clock signals
-48 V/-60 V
Power supply module
2.5 V 3.3 V
Control module
Clock module
3.3 V
Service bus Service bus
Serial management bus
Active CXP Standby CXP
CXP
Clock signals CXP
In Transmit Direction The AND1ML1/AND1ML1A first distributes the signals in Ethernet packets from the backplane to different protocol processing chips according to the service types. The system-side processing module decapsulates the concatenated services and buffers the services in queues. Then, this module schedules the egress queues according to the service types, processes and converts the services, and finally sends the services to the line-side processing module. The line-side processing module performs coding, dejitter, pulse shaping, and line driving for the services, and finally sends the services to E1 interfaces.
In Receive Direction The line processing module performs impedance match, signal equalization, signal level conversion, clock data recovery, dejitter, and decoding for the accessed E1 signals. Then, the signals are sent into the system-side processing module, which frames the signals, encapsulates the IMA, CES, and ML-PPP services in PWE3, and schedules PWs. Finally, this module sends the signals in Ethernet packets to the backplane interface module.
Line-Side Processing Module In the receive channel, this module performs impedance match, signal equalization, electrical level conversion, clock data recovery, dejitter, and decoding to signals. In the transmit channel, this module performs encoding, dejitter, pulse shaping, and line driving to signals.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
221
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
System-Side Processing Module This module frames 16 x E1 signals, runs the CES, IMA, and ML-PPP protocols, and performs PWE3 encapsulation.
Backplane Interface Module The service bus receives or transmits service signals.
Control Module This module controls the reading and writing on the chip, resets the chip, and detects faults in the chip. When used with the control board, this module controls the board.
Clock Module This module provides various clock signals for the board to operate normally, detects clocks, and selects the line recovery clock.
Power Supply Module This module converts the -48 V DC/-60 V DC voltage to DC voltages required by each module on the board.
8.13.4 Specifications The technical specifications of the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A include the interface specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption. Table 8-62 lists the specifications of the interfaces on the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A. Table 8-62 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1ML1/AND1ML1A Item
Specification Requirement
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohms (AND1ML1) 120 ohms (AND1ML1A)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
222
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Item
Specification Requirement
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.56(1.23 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 13.1
8.14 AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B - 16 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B (ML1A/ML1B for short) is a 16 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the ML1A/ML1B is AND3. The AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B is housed in slots 1 to 6. NOTE
The mapping impedance of an interface on the AND3ML1A is 75 ohm, and the mapping impedance of an interface on the AND3ML1B is 120 ohm. Except the difference of mapping impedance, the functions and features of the AND3ML1A and AND3ML1B are the same.
8.14.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearances of the Front Panel Figure 8-37 and Figure 8-38 show the appearances of the front panel of the AND3ML1A/ AND3ML1B. Figure 8-37 Front panels of the AND3ML1A
Figure 8-38 Front panels of the AND3ML1B
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
223
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There is one Anea 96 interface on the front panel of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B. Table 8-63 lists the type and usage of the interfaces. 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120Ohm 16 x E1 Cables list the cables corresponding to the interfaces. Table 8-63 Type and usage of the interfaces on the front panel of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B Interface on the Front Panel
Interface Type
Usage AND3ML1A
AND3ML1B
0 - 15
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
Table 8-64 lists the pins of the Anea 96 interface. Table 8-64 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5
Rx2
Rx3
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Tx2
31
Tx3
32 Rx4
10 11
29 30
8 9
Tx1
28
6 7
27
33
Tx4
34 Rx5
35
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Tx5 224
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
Connector Pin
8 ATN 950B Boards
Usage
12 13
Rx6
Rx7
Rx8
Rx9
R x 10
R x 11
R x 12
R x 13
56
Tx9
45
T x 10
47
T x 11
73
T x 12
75
T x 13
76 R x 14
54 55
43
74
52 53
Tx8
48
50 51
41
46
24 49
Tx7
44
22 23
39
42
20 21
Tx6
40
18 19
37 38
16 17
Usage
36
14 15
Connector Pin
77
T x 14
78 R x 15
79
T x 15
80
8.14.2 Functions and Features AND3ML1A is a 75-ohm E1 board and the AND3ML1B is a 120-ohm E1 board. The AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B must be used with the system control board to access and process 16 channels of E1 services. Services at interfaces on the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B can be flexibly configured, and protocols such as ATM E1, IMA, CES, and ML-PPP are supported. Table 8-65 lists the functions and features of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
225
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-65 Functions and features of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides 16 E1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Impedance supported by the interface
AND3ML1A: 75 ohm AND3ML1B: 120 ohm
Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports the master/slave clock mode. Supports the HDB3 line coding (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction. ATM
Number of supported ATM E1 services
16
Number of supported IMA groups
16
Maximum number of E1 links in each IMA group
16
Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the Nto-1 (N≤32) or 1-to-1 format. Supports the ATM bundle function.
TDM
Number of supported PVCs/ PVPs
256
Number of supported local ATM CCCs
32
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
64
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Supports the timeslot compression function. For services in CESoPSN mode, a minimum of 1 timeslots can be bundled during serial port configuration. Supports the fractional E1. Different timeslots of an E1 can be bound to different CES PWs.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
226
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
PPP
Clock
8 ATN 950B Boards
Remarks Number of supported local TDM CCCs
8
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
16
Number of supported PPP links
16
Number of supported MLPPP groups
8
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
8.14.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 8-39 shows the functional block diagram of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B. Figure 8-39 Functional block diagram of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B Backplane 16 x E1
Service access module
Service signal Management bus
Line clocks
3.3V . . .
1V
Service signal CXP
Management bus
Management module
Clock module
Service processing module
. . .
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
System clocks Line clocks
CXP
CXP CXP
Transmit Direction The service signals from the control board are sent to the service processing module. The service processing module performs PWE3 decapsulation and PW scheduling for the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, performs Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
227
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
the E1 framing function, and sends the service signals to the service access module. The service access module performs encoding and line drive for the signals and outputs the signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
Receive Direction The board accesses service signals through the backplane-side interfaces, and then the signals are sent to the service access module. The service access module performs interference isolation, lightning-proof, impedance matching, level conversion, signal balancing, decoding, and then sends the processed signals to the service processing module. The service processing module performs E1 framing, processes service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, implements PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, and sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module isolates common mode interference, protects circuits against transient failures, matches the impedance in the receive direction with the internal impedance, and performs level conversion, balancing, and decoding for the service signals. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the service processing module, encodes the signals, drives the line, and outputs the service signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
This module recovers the line clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the signals from the service access module and performs E1 framing. This module also identifies protocol types of the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols (for example, addition and deletion of IMA group members, VP/VC switching and concatenation of ATM cells, vacant slot compression of CES services, and setup of MLPPP groups). Then, this module performs PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, Finally, this module converts the processed signals to high-rate signals, and then sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the high-rate signals from the control board through the backplane-side interfaces and recovers low-rate service signals. Then, this module performs PWE3 decapsulation, identifies different protocols and processes the service signals, and completes E1 framing. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service access module.
Management Module This module manages and controls each module on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
228
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
l
When used with the control board, processes the recovered line clock.
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the board.
Power Supply Module This module converts the input DC voltage into various DC voltages required by each module on the board.
8.14.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 8-66 lists the specifications of the interfaces on the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B. Table 8-66 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B Item
Specification Requirement
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohm (ML1A) 120 ohm (ML1B)
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.44(0.97 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 9.5
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
229
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.15 AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B - 32 Channels E1 Interface Board The AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B (MD1A/MD1B for short) is a 32 channels E1 interface board. The function version of the MD1A/MD1B is AND2. The AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B is housed in slots 1 to 6. NOTE
The mapping impedance of an interface on the AND2MD1A is 75 ohm, and the mapping impedance of an interface on the AND2MD1B is 120 ohm. Except the difference of mapping impedance, the functions and features of the AND2MD1A and AND2MD1B are the same.
8.15.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B, there are indicators and interfaces.
Appearances of the Front Panel Figure 8-40 shows the appearances of the front panel of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B. Figure 8-40 Front panels of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B: l
STAT indicator, red, green, or orange, which indicates the working status
For details on meanings of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces There are two Anea 96 interfaces on the front panel of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B. Table 8-67 lists the type and usage of the interfaces. 10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables and 10.5.5 120Ohm 16 x E1 Cables list the cables corresponding to the interfaces.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
230
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-67 Type and usage of the interfaces on the front panel of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B Interfac e on the Front Panel
Interfac e Type
Usage AND2MD1A
AND2MD1B
0 to 15
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the zero to fifteenth channels of E1 services.
16 to 31
Anea 96
75-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the sixteenth to thirty-first channels of E1 services.
120-ohm interface, which is used to transmit or receive the sixteenth to thirty-first channels of E1 services.
Table 8-68 lists the pins of the Anea 96 interface. Table 8-68 Pins of the Anea 96 interface Front View
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
1
Rx0
25
Tx0
2 3
26 Rx1
4 5
Rx2
Rx3
Rx4
Rx5
16
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Tx3
33
Tx4
35
Tx5
36 Rx6
14 15
31
34
12 13
Tx2
32
10 11
29 30
8 9
Tx1
28
6 7
27
37
Tx6
38 Rx7
39
Tx7
40
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
231
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Front View
8 ATN 950B Boards
Connector Pin
Usage
Connector Pin
Usage
17
Rx8
41
Tx8
18 19
42 Rx9
20 21
R x 10
R x 11
R x 12
R x 13
T x 11
73
T x 12
75
T x 13
76 R x 14
54 55
47
74
52 53
T x 10
48
50 51
45 46
24 49
Tx9
44
22 23
43
77
T x 14
78 R x 15
56
79
T x 15
80
8.15.2 Functions and Features The AND2MD1A is a 75-ohm E1 board and the AND2MD1B is a 120-ohm E1 board. The AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B must be used with the system control board to access and process 32 channels of E1 services. Services at interfaces on the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B can be flexibly configured, and protocols such as ATM E1, IMA, CES, and ML-PPP are supported. Table 8-69 lists the functions and features of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B. Table 8-69 Functions and features of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B Function and Feature
Remarks
Basic function
Provides 32 E1 interfaces. Supports the hot swappable function. Detects the temperature and voltage of the board.
Interface function
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Impedance supported by the interface
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
AND2MD1A: 75 ohm
232
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
8 ATN 950B Boards
Remarks AND2MD1B: 120 ohm Supports the E1 and CE1 modes. Supports the master/slave clock mode. Supports the HDB3 line coding (unconfigurable). Supports inloops and outloops. Supports the PRBS function in framed or unframed mode of an E1 interface in the receive/transmit direction.
ATM
Number of supported ATM E1 services
32
Number of supported IMA groups
32
Maximum number of E1 links in each IMA group
16a
Encapsulates ATM VPC/VCC service to the PWE3 in the Nto-1 (N≤32) or 1-to-1 format. Supports the ATM bundle function.
TDM
Number of supported PVCs/ PVPs
512
Number of supported local ATM CCCs
64
Number of supported remote ATM PWE3s
128
Supports CES services in CESoPSN and SAToP modes. Supports the timeslot compression function. For services in CESoPSN mode, a minimum of 1 timeslots can be bundled during serial port configuration. Supports fractional E1. Different timeslots of an E1 can be bound to different CES PWs.
PPP
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Number of supported local TDM CCCs
16
Number of supported remote TDM PWE3s
32
Number of supported PPP links
32
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
233
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Function and Feature
Clock
8 ATN 950B Boards
Remarks Number of supported MLPPP groups
16
Maximum number of links supported by each ML-PPP group
16b
Supports physical-layer clock synchronization.
NOTE a: In the case of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B, the links corresponding to the former 16 and latter 16 E1 ports cannot be bundled to an IMA group. b: In the case of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B, the links corresponding to the former 16 and latter 16 E1 ports cannot be bundled to an ML-PPP group.
8.15.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B mainly consists of the service access module, service processing module, management module, clock module, and power supply module. Figure 8-41 shows the functional block diagram of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B. Figure 8-41 Functional block diagram of the AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B Backplane 32 x E1
Service access module
Service signal Management bus
Line clocks
Clock module
. .
1V
Service signal CXP
Management bus
Management module
3.3V .
Service processing module
. . .
Power supply module
-48V/-60V
System power supply
-48V/-60V
System power supply
System clocks Line clocks
CXP
CXP CXP
Transmit Direction The service signals from the control board are sent to the service processing module. The service processing module performs PWE3 decapsulation and PW scheduling for the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, performs the E1 framing function, and sends the service signals to the service access module. The service access module performs encoding and line drive for the signals and outputs the signals through the backplane-side interfaces. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
234
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Receive Direction The board accesses service signals through the backplane-side interfaces, and then the signals are sent to the service access module. The service access module performs interference isolation, lightning-proof, impedance matching, level conversion, signal balancing, decoding, and then sends the processed signals to the service processing module. The service processing module performs E1 framing, processes service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols, implements PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, and sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
Service Access Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module isolates common mode interference, protects circuits against transient failures, matches the impedance in the receive direction with the internal impedance, and performs level conversion, balancing, and decoding for the service signals. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service processing module.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the service signals from the service processing module, encodes the signals, drives the line, and outputs the service signals through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
This module recovers the line clock.
Service Processing Module This module performs the following functions: l
In the receive direction, this module receives the signals from the service access module and performs E1 framing. This module also identifies protocol types of the service signals, processes the service signals based on the IMA/ATM, CES, and ML-PPP protocols (for example, addition and deletion of IMA group members, VP/VC switching and concatenation of ATM cells, vacant slot compression of CES services, and setup of MLPPP groups). Then, this module performs PWE3 encapsulation and PW scheduling, Finally, this module converts the processed signals to high-rate signals, and then sends the signals to the control board through the backplane-side interfaces.
l
In the transmit direction, this module receives the high-rate signals from the control board through the backplane-side interfaces and recovers low-rate service signals. Then, this module performs PWE3 decapsulation, identifies different protocols and processes the service signals, and completes E1 framing. Finally, this module sends the processed signals to the service access module.
Management Module This module manages and controls each module on the board.
Clock Module This module performs the following functions: l
When used with the control board, processes the recovered line clock.
l
Provides the working clock for each module on the board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
235
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Power Supply Module This module converts the input DC voltage into various DC voltages required by each module on the board.
8.15.4 Technical Specifications The technical specifications of the include the interface specifications and physical specifications.
Interface Specifications Table 8-70 lists the specifications of the interfaces on the . Table 8-70 Specifications of the interfaces on the Item
Specification Requirement
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohm (MD1A) 120 ohm (MD1B)
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Physical Specifications Board dimensions (mm): 20.32 (H) x 225.75 (D) x 193.80 (W)(0.80 in.×8.89 in.×7.63 in.) Weight (kg): 0.49(1.08 lb) Power consumption (W, room temperature): 12.1
8.16 TND1PIU - Power Interface Board The TND1PIU (PIU for short) is a power interface board. The function version of the PIU is TND1. The PIU is housed in slot 9 or slot 10.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
236
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
8.16.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the PIU, there are indicators, power supply interfaces, and a label.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-42 shows the appearance of the front panel of the PIU. Figure 8-42 Appearance of the front panel of the PIU
Indicators The following indicator is present on the front panel of the PIU. PWR, green, which indicates the power supply status. When PWR is on and green, it indicates that power is accessed. For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
Interfaces The PIU accesses one power supply. Table 8-71 lists the types of the interfaces on the PIU and their respective usage. For cable corresponding to the interfaces, see 10.1 Power Supply Cables and Ground Cables. Table 8-71 Types and usage of the interfaces on the PIU
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Interface on the Front Panel
Usage
NEG(-)
-48 V power input interface
RTN(+)
BGND power input interface
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
237
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Label Operation warning label: indicates the following precautions , which should be taken for removal or insertion of the PIU board.
NOTICE Multiple power supplies are accessed for the equipment. When powering off the equipment, make sure that these power supplies are disabled. Before removing the PIU board, ensure that all power inputs are disconnected from the board.
8.16.2 Functions and Features The PIU, a power interface board, supports the functions and features such as power access, power protection, surge protection detection, and information reporting. Table 8-72 lists functions and features of the PIU. Table 8-72 Functions and features of the PIU Function and Feature
Description
Power access
Each of the two PIU accesses one -48 V DC (or -60 V DC) power supply for the equipment.
Power protection
The PIU protects the power supply against overcurrent and short circuit. In this way, the overcurrent is prevented from shocking board and components on it.
Surge protection
The PIU protects the equipment against lightning and reports an alarm if the protection fails.
Power backup
Two PIUs for a hot backup. One PIU is capable of supplying power for the entire chassis.
8.16.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The PIU mainly consists of the surge protection and failure detection module, communication unit module, slot ID module, and board in-position module. Figure 8-43 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the PIU.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
238
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-43 Block diagram for the working principle of the PIU Backplane -48 V/-60 V
Communication unit module
Each board
Surge protection failure alarm signals
Inter-board Surge protection and failure communication bus detection module
Slot ID module
Board in-position signals
CXP
CXP
Slot ID signals CXP
Board in-position module
Surge Protection and Failure Detection Module This module protects the equipment against lightning and detects the failure of the anti-lightning circuit. If the surge protection fails, the PIU reports the alarm signals to the control board.
Communication Unit Module This module has the function of reporting the board manufacturing information, PCB version information, and alarm signals about the surge protection failure.
Slot ID Module This module reports the slot ID information to the control board.
Board In-Position Module This module reports the board in-position signals to the control board.
8.16.4 Specifications The technical specifications of the PIU cover the board dimensions, weight, power consumption, and input voltage. Table 8-73 lists the technical specifications of the PIU. Table 8-73 Technical specifications of the PIU
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Technical Specification
Board dimensions (mm)
41.4 (H) x 229.9 (D) x 21.0 (W)
Weight (kg)
0.12
Power consumption (W, room temperature)
0.5
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
239
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Item
Technical Specification
Input voltage (V)
-38.4 to -72.0
8.17 AND1FAN - Fan Board The AND1FAN (FAN for short) is an FAN board. The function version of the FAN is AND1. The FAN is housed in slot 11.
8.17.1 Front Panel On the front panel of the FAN, there are indicators, ESD wrist strap jack, handle, and labels.
Appearance of the Front Panel Figure 8-44 shows the appearance of the front panel of the FAN. Figure 8-44 Appearance of the front panel
Indicators The following indicators are present on the front panel of the FAN: l
FAN indicator, red or green, which indicates status of fans.
l
CRIT indicator, red, which indicates critical alarms.
l
MAJ indicator, orange, which indicates major alarms.
l
MIN indicator, yellow, which indicates minor alarms.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
240
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
The CRIT, MAJ, and MIN indicators on the front panel of the FAN indicate the current alarm severity of the subrack. For details on indications of indicators, see 12.1 Indicators.
ESD Strap Jack The ESD wrist strap should be connected to this jack for proper grounding of the human body.
Handle The handle is used for pushing the FAN into or pulling the FAN out of the chassis during board replacement.
Label The following labels are present on the front panel of the FAN: l
ESD protection label, which indicates that the equipment is static-sensitive.
l
Fan warning label, which says that do not touch the fan leaves before the fan stops rotating.
8.17.2 Functions and Features The FAN is used to adjust the fan rotating speed, detect and report status of fans. The functions and features of the FAN are as follows: l
Accesses two 12 V power supplies for driving six fans.
l
Provides start-delay for the power supply of the fans, protects fans against overcurrent, and filters the lower frequency.
l
Intelligently adjusts the rotating speed of fans to ensure proper heat dissipation of the system.
l
Reports information about the fan rotating speed, environment temperature, alarms, version number, and board in-position information.
l
Provides alarm indicators.
8.17.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow The FAN mainly consists of the combiner/start-delay module, filter module, communication unit module, intelligent fan speed adjustment module, and board in-position module. Figure 8-45 shows the block diagram for the working principle of the FAN.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
241
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Figure 8-45 Block diagram for the working principle of the AND1FAN Fans x 6 12 V 12 V 12 V
Filter module
Start-delay
Combiner
CXP CXP
Combiner/ 12 V soft-start module
12 V 12 V power shut signals Communication unit module
Fan speed reporting module
PWM signals
Inter-board communication bus
CXP
Fan rotating speed signals CXP
PWM driver module
CXP
Intelligent fan speed adjustment module Board in-position module
Fan in-position signals
CXP
Start-delay/Combiner Module This module provides start delay to the combined two 12 V power supplies and protecting fans against overcurrent.
Filter Module This module filters the LC low frequency to enhance the EMC feature of the system.
Communication Unit Module This module reports the board manufacturing information, PCB version, and environment temperature information. In addition, this module provides 12 V power shut signals to the startdelay module.
Intelligent Fan Speed Adjustment Module This module reports information about the fan rotating speed to the control board and adjusts the fan rotating speed according to the pulse-width modulation (PWM) signals received from the control board.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
242
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Board In-Position Module This module reports the board in-position signals to the control board.
8.17.4 Specifications The technical specifications of the FAN cover the board dimensions, weight, power consumption, and input voltage. Table 8-74 lists the technical specifications of the FAN. Table 8-74 Technical specifications of the FAN Item
Technical Specification
Board dimensions (mm)
86.2 (H) x 217.6 (D) x 28.5 (W)
Weight (kg)
0.302
Power consumption (W)
l Low rate: 4.1 l Medium rate: 13.6 l High rate: 29.6
Working voltage (V)
12 V DC power
8.18 Filler Panel A filler panel is used to cover any vacant slot in a chassis.
8.18.1 Appearance and Valid Slots There is no indicator or interface on a filler panel.
Appearance Figure 8-46 shows the appearance of a filler panel. Figure 8-46 Appearance of a filler panel
Valid Slots The filler panel of a control board can be housed in slot 7 or 8 of a chassis and the filler panel of an interface board can be housed in any of slots 1-6 of a chassis. Table 8-75 provides the dimensions of the filler panel for a control board and dimensions of the filler panel for an interface board. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
243
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
8 ATN 950B Boards
Table 8-75 Filler panel dimensions Type
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Filler panel for a control board
22.86 mm x 193.80 mm x 23.5 mm
Filler panel for an interface board
20.32 mm x 193.80 mm x 23.2 mm
8.18.2 Functions and Features A filler panel can be used to perform electromagnetic shielding, keep out foreign substances, and ensure proper ventilation. Main functions of a filler panel are as follows: l
Performs electromagnetic shielding and ensures that the chassis meets the requirement of electromagnetic radiation.
l
Prevents foreign substances from getting into the chassis.
l
Prevents internal voltage from being exposed.
l
Ensures proper ventilation of cooling current inside the chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
244
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
About This Chapter The ATN device does not provide optical interfaces, whereas the panel provides interfaces for installing optical modules. The optical modules receive and transmit optical signals and convert electrical and optical signals. The interfaces for installing optical modules can also be used for installing electrical modules to transmit electrical signals. 9.1 Overview Optical and electrical modules for ATN devices are hot swappable. Optical modules transmit services using optical signals over fibers and electrical modules transmit services using electrical signals over Ethernet cables. 9.2 FE Optical Module 9.3 GE Optical Module 9.4 10GE Optical Module 9.5 Electrical Module
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
245
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
9.1 Overview Optical and electrical modules for ATN devices are hot swappable. Optical modules transmit services using optical signals over fibers and electrical modules transmit services using electrical signals over Ethernet cables.
Classification Optical modules for ATN devices can be classified as follows: l
By service and rate: FE, GE, 10GE optical modules
l
By packaging: SFP, eSFP, XFP, TXFP optical modules – SFP optical modules are used to support FE and GE services. eSFP optical modules are enhanced SFP optical modules. They provide the same functions as SFP modules except that eSFP optical modules are added with the performance reporting function. – XFP optical modules are used to support 10GE services. TXFP optical modules are one type of XFP optical modules and support wavelength adjustment.
l
By usage scenario: business and industry modules – If the operating temperature for an ATN device is within the range of -20 °C to +60 ° C, business modules apply. – If the operating temperature for an ATN device is outside the range of -20 °C to +60 ° C, industry modules apply.
l
By WDM application: colorless and colored optical modules – Colorless (or gray) optical modules are common optical modules. They support wavelengths within a specific range. – Colored optical modules support a specific wavelength (with a small tolerance). On them, wavelength conversion can be ignored and the wavelength can be directly added to a multiplexer/demultiplexer board. Colored optical modules are classified into coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) and dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical modules by the wavelength division density.
l
By fiber carrier: two-fiber bidirectional and single-fiber bidirectional optical modules – A single-fiber bidirectional module provides only one LC interface for connecting to one fiber. It receives and sends optical signals in one fiber but over two different wavelengths. – A two-fiber bidirectional module provides two LC interfaces for connecting to two fibers. It receives and sends optical signals in two different fibers.
Electrical modules for ATN devices are all SFP modules, which are used to support FE or GE services.
Appearance Optical and electrical modules have different appearance because they use different packaging and cable interfaces. SFP and eSFP optical modules have the same appearance. Currently eSFP optical modules are used on most of ATN devices. Figure 9-1 shows the eSFP optical module appearance. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
246
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Figure 9-1 eSFP optical module appearance
Single-fiber bidirectional
Two-fiber bidirectional
Figure 9-2 shows the SFP electrical module appearance. Figure 9-2 SFP electrical module appearance
Figure 9-3 shows the XFP optical module appearance. Figure 9-3 XFP optical module appearance
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
247
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Application An optical or electrical module can be used at an optical interface if its packaging and service rate can match the interface. Packaging: l
SFP optical interfaces use SFP/eSFP optical or electrical modules.
l
XFP optical interfaces use XFP optical modules.
Service rate: l
FE and STM-1 optical interfaces match FE optical or electrical modules.
l
GE optical interfaces match GE optical or electrical modules.
l
FE/GE optical interfaces match FE/GE optical or electrical modules.
l
10GE optical interfaces match 10GE optical modules. NOTE
In most cases, an optical or electrical module can be used at an optical interface if its packaging and service rate can match the interface. Certain boards may not support electrical modules. For information about the modules that a board supports, see the Functions and Features topic for the board.
9.2 FE Optical Module FE Optical Module (commercial) Table 9-1 Technical specifications of the FE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
Two-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
(15 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-15 to -8
-5 to 0
-5 to 0
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-28
-34
-34
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-10
-10
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.2
10
10
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
248
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
Optical module code
S4015755
S4015715
34060282
Table 9-2 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional) Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
STM-1
STM-1
(15 km)
(10 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -15 to -8 (dBm)
-15 to -8
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-32
-32
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-8
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.5
8.5
Optical module code
34060363
34060364
Usage description
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 9-2, 34060363 and 34060364 are used together.
FE Optical Module (industry) Table 9-3 Technical specifications of the FE optical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
Two-fiber bidirectional interface
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
249
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Item
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Specification 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
(15 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-15 to -8
-5 to 0
-5 to 0
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-28
-34
-34
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-10
-10
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.2
10
10
Optical module code
S4015755
S4015715
34060282
9.3 GE Optical Module FE/GE Optical Module (commercial) Table 9-4 Technical specifications of the FE/GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASE-BX40-U
1000BASE-BX40-D
(40 km)
(40 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1580
Rx: 1480 to 1580
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -3 to 2 (dBm)
-3 to 2
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-24
-24
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
250
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8
8
Optical module code
34060638
34060639
Usage description
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 9-4, 34060638 and 34060639 are used together.
GE Optical Module (commercial) Table 9-5 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, two-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASESX
1000BASELX
1000BASEVX
1000BASEZX
1000BASECWDM
(0.5 km)
(10 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulatio n type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Multi-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
770 to 860
1270 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
For details, see wavelength allocation of 1000BASECWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-9.5 to 0
-11 to -3
-5 to 0
-2 to 5
0 to 5
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
251
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-17
-19
-23
-23
-28
Minimum overload (dBm)
0
-3
-3
-3
-9
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
9
9
9
9
8.2
Optical module code
34060286
34060473
S4016954
34060360
For details, see wavelength allocation of 1000BASECWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Table 9-6 Wavelength allocation of 1000BASE-CWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
1
34060483
1464.5 to 1477.5
5
34060478
1544.5 to 1557.5
2
34060481
1484.5 to 1497.5
6
34060476
1564.5 to 1577.5
3
34060479
1504.5 to 1517.5
7
34060477
1584.5 to 1597.5
4
34060482
1524.5 to 1537.5
8
34060480
1604.5 to 1617.5
Table 9-7 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional) Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASEBX10-U
1000BASEBX10-D
1000BASEBX40-U
1000BASEBX40-D
1000BASEBX
1000BASEBX
(10 km)
(10 km)
(40 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
(80 km)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
252
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-9 to -3
-9 to -3
-3 to 5
-3 to 5
-2 to 4
-2 to 4
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
-26
-26
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
6
6
6
6
9
9
Optical module code
34060470
34060475
34060539
34060540
34060595
34060596
Usage description
Used together.
Used together.
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 9-7, 34060470 and 34060475 are used together, 34060595 and 34060596 are used together, and 34060539 and 34060540 are used together.
GE Optical Module (industry) Table 9-8 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, two-fiber bidirectional interface
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
253
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Item
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Specification 1000BASE-LX
1000BASE-VX
1000BASE-ZX
(10 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1280 to 1350
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-11 to -3
-5 to 3
-2 to 5
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
–19
–23
–23
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
9
9
9
Optical module code
34060290
34060320
34060324
Table 9-9 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASE-BX10-U
1000BASE-BX10-D
(10 km)
(10 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -9 to -3 (dBm)
-9 to -3
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-19.5
-19.5
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
6
6
Optical module code
34060644
34060676
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
254
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
Usage description
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 9-9, 34060644 and 34060676 are used together.
9.4 10GE Optical Module 10GE Optical Module (commercial) Table 9-10 Technical specifications of the 10GE optical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, two-fiber bidirectional interface 10GE
10GE
10GE
(10 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
10GE (CWDM)
10GE (DWDM)
10GE (DWDM)
(70 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulat ion type
XFP
XFP
XFP
XFP
TXFP
XFP
Fiber type
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Working wavelengt h range (nm)
1310
1550
1550
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (CWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
1529.163 to 1560.606 (waveleng th tunable)
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (DWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-6 to -1
-1 to 2
0 to 4
0 to 4
-1 to 2
-1 to 3
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
255
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-14.4
-15
-24
-24
-16
-24
Minimum overload (dBm)
0.5
-1
-7
-9
0
-9
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
6
8.2
9
8
10.5
8.2
Optical module code
S4015772
S4015776
S4015794
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (CWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
34060568
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (DWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Table 9-11 Wavelength allocation of 1000BASE-CWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
1
34060547
1471
5
34060551
1551
2
34060548
1491
6
34060552
1571
3
34060549
1511
7
34060553
1591
4
34060550
1531
8
34060554
1611
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
256
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Table 9-12 Wavelength allocation of 1000BASE-DWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
1
34060532
1529.55
9
34060531
1548.51
2
34060515
1530.33
10
34060514
1549.32
3
34060504
1531.12
11
34060502
1550.12
4
34060503
1531.90
12
34060501
1550.92
5
34060534
1532.68
13
34060533
1551.72
6
34060628
1533.47
14
34060625
1552.52
7
34060627
1534.25
15
34060624
1553.33
8
34060626
1535.04
16
34060623
1554.13
9.5 Electrical Module FE Electrical Module (commercial) Table 9-13 Technical specifications of the FE electrical interface Item
Specification
Interface rate
100 Mbit/s
Encapsulation type
SFP
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Compliance with IEEE 802.3
Electrical module code
34100101
GE Electrical Module (commercial) Table 9-14 Technical specifications of the GE electrical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Interface rate
1000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s
Encapsulation type
SFP
SFP
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
257
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
9 Swappable Optical/Electrical Modules
Item
Specification
RJ-45 electrical interface specification
Compliance with IEEE 802.3
Compliance with IEEE 802.3
Electrical module code
34100080
34100052
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
258
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
10
Cables
About This Chapter This chapter describes various optical fibers and cables used on the equipment. 10.1 Power Supply Cables and Ground Cables This section describes power supply cables and ground cables used on the equipment. 10.2 Management Cables On an ATN device, Ethernet cables are used to input and output NM signals. 10.3 Alarm Input/Output Cables On ATN devices, the RJ-45 connectors are used to input the alarm signals from the external equipment and output the local alarm signals to the equipment that monitors all the alarms. 10.4 Clock Cables The clock cables used on ATN devices include external clock cables and 120-to-75-ohm clock cables. 10.5 Service Cables The service cables include Ethernet cables, 75-ohm 16 x E1 cables, and 120-ohm 16 x E1 cables, xDSL cables. 10.6 Optical Fibers On an ATN device, optical fibers are used to input and output Ethernet service signals.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
259
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
10.1 Power Supply Cables and Ground Cables This section describes power supply cables and ground cables used on the equipment.
10.1.1 -48 V Power Supply Cable ATN devices use DC power cables to connect to external power supplies. Power cables need to be produced on site. The power cables are made of DC connectors, single cord end terminals, and wires. Figure 10-1 shows the appearance of the power cable intended for a 1 U chassis. Table 10-1 provides the technical specifications of the power cable for a 1 U chassis. Figure 10-2 shows the appearance of the power cable intended for a 2 U chassis. Table 10-2 provides the technical specifications of the power cable for a 2 U chassis. Figure 10-1 Appearance of the power cable intended for a 1 U chassis
Single cord end terminal
1U DC connector
Power cable
Figure 10-2 Appearance of the power cable intended for a 2 U chassis
screwdriver -48V cable (blue)
0 V cable (black)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
2 U DC connector
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
260
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Table 10-1 Technical specifications of the power cable intended for a 1 U chassis Item
Wire Related Parameter
Terminal Related Parameter
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2) power cable and terminal
Electronic/Electric wire, 450 V/ 750V, H07Z, K, 2.5 mm2(0.004 in.2), blue/black green, fire resistant cable with low smoke and no halogen
Bare crimp terminal, single cord end terminal, 2.5 mm2(0.004 in.2), 12.5 A, tin plating, 8 mm(0.31 in.) deep, blue
Table 10-2 Technical specifications of the power cable intended for a 2 U chassis Item
Wire Related Parameter
Terminal Related Parameter
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) power cable and terminal
Electronic/Electric wire, 450 V/ 750V, H07Z, K, 4 mm2(0.006 in.2), blue/black green, fire resistant cable with low smoke and no halogen
Bare crimp terminal, single cord end terminal, 4 mm2(0.006 in.2), 20 A, tin plating, 10 mm(0.39 in.) deep, gray
10.1.2 Power Cable ATN devices input external power supplies through AC power cables.
Appearance Figure 10-3 shows an AC input power cable of an ATN device. Figure 10-3 Appearance of the AC input power cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
261
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Technical Specifications Cable
Item
Description
Power cable for inputting the mains
Cable type
(PI Straight Male)-(227IEC53-1.0^2(3C))(C13 Straight Female)
Technical specifications of the cable
International AC 250 V 10 A-3.00 m-3 x 1.0 mm2-Black
Fireproof class
CM
Note 1: A power cable is named in the format of "Connector 1 Type-Cable Material TypeConnector 2 Type". Note 2: The specifications of power cables for inputting the mains vary in different countries or regions. In this document, the AC power cables complying with international standards are considered as examples.
10.1.3 PGND Cables PGND cables are used to ground the ATN device. PGND cables are made of wires and OT terminals. Figure 10-4 shows the appearance of a PGND cable. The technical specifications of the PGND cable are listed in Table 10-3. Figure 10-4 Appearance of the PGND cable
Table 10-3 Technical specifications of the PGND cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Wire Related Parameter
Terminal Related Parameter
Electronic/Electric wire, 450 V/750 V, H07Z, K, 4 mm2(0.006 in.2), yellow green, fire resistant cable with low smoke and no halogen
General terminal, OT, 6 mm2(0.009 in.2), tin plating, pre-insulated ring terminal, 12-10AWG, yellow
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
262
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
10.2 Management Cables On an ATN device, Ethernet cables are used to input and output NM signals. The management cables for ATN devices include Ethernet cables. Ethernet cables are classified into straight-through cables and crossover cables, and are used for communication between the equipment and the NMS computer. The NM interface on the equipment is adaptive to a straight-through cable or a crossover cable. Figure 10-5 shows an RJ45 connector used at the end of the Ethernet cable. When the cable is connected to the ETH/OAM interface, the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector is as listed in Table 10-4. Table 10-5 lists the technical specifications of the Ethernet cable. Figure 10-5 RJ45 connector PIN#8 PIN#1
Table 10-4 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector (ETH/OAM)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Connecto r Pin
Color
Relation
Usage
1
White-orange
Twisted pair
Transmit positive of the NM interface
2
Orange
3
White-green
6
Green
4
Blue
5
White-blue
7
White-brown
8
Brown
Transmit negative of the NM interface Twisted pair
Receive positive of the NM interface Receive negative of the NM interface
Twisted pair
Grounding end of the console interface Receive end of the console interface
Twisted pair
Unspecified Transmit end of the console interface
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
263
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Table 10-5 Technical specifications of the Ethernet cable Item
Specification
Connector
Network Interface Connector, 8-Bit 8-Pin, Crystal Plug
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable, 100 ohm,Category 5e UTP, 0.51 mm(0.0200 in.), 24AWG, 8 Cores, PANTONE 430U
Number of cores
Eight
10.3 Alarm Input/Output Cables On ATN devices, the RJ-45 connectors are used to input the alarm signals from the external equipment and output the local alarm signals to the equipment that monitors all the alarms. At one end of the alarm input/output cable, the RJ-45 connector is used to connect to the ALMI/ O interface on the equipment; at the other end, a connector (made as required on site) is used to connect to the external equipment or the equipment that monitors all the alarms.
Structure Figure 10-6 shows the structure of the alarm input/output cable. Figure 10-6 Structure of the alarm input/output cable
RJ-45 Connector
Main label W
8 1 X1
Pin Assignment Table 10-6 lists the pin assignment of the alarm input/output alarm cable connector.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
264
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Table 10-6 Pin assignment of the alarm input/output cable connector Connector Pin
Color
Relation
Description
1
White-orange
Twisted pair
Alarm input 1
2
Orange
3
White-green
6
Green
4
Blue
5
White-blue
7
White- brown
8
Brown
Ground for alarm input 1 Twisted pair
Alarm input 2 Ground for alarm input 2
Twisted pair
Alarm input 3 Ground for alarm input 3
Twisted pair
Alarm output positive Alarm output negative
Technical Specifications Table 10-7 lists the technical specifications of the alarm input/output cable. Table 10-7 Technical specifications of the alarm input/output cable Item
Specification
Connector X1
Network Interface Connector, 8-Bit 8PIN, Crystal Model Connector
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable, 100 ohm, Category 5e, 0.52 mm, 24AWG, 8 Cores, 4 Pairs, PANTONE 430U
10.4 Clock Cables The clock cables used on ATN devices include external clock cables and 120-to-75-ohm clock cables.
10.4.1 External Clock Cables On the ATN device, the external clock cables with RJ45 connectors are used to input and output the external clock or time signals. The external clock cables can be connected to the CLK0/TOD0, CLK1/TOD1, CLK, and TOD interfaces on an ATN device.
Structure Figure 10-7 shows the structure of the RJ45 connector used on the external clock cable. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
265
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Figure 10-7 Structure of the RJ45 Connector PIN#8 PIN#1
Pin Assignment The external clock cables must be made on the equipment installation site. When the CLK0/ TOD0, CLK1/TOD1, CLK, and TOD interfaces are used as external clock interfaces, the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector is as listed in Table 10-8; when the CLK0/TOD0, CLK1/ TOD1, CLK, and TOD interfaces are used as external time interfaces, the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector is as listed in Table 10-9. Table 10-8 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector (external clock mode) Connector Pin
Color
Relation
Description
1
White-orange
Twisted pair
Receive negative of CLK
2
Orange
3
White-green
6
Green
4
Blue
5
White-blue
7
White- brown
8
Brown
Receive positive of CLK Twisted pair
Unspecified Unspecified
Twisted pair
Transmit negative of CLK Transmit positive of CLK
Twisted pair
Unspecified Unspecified
Table 10-9 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector (external time mode)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Connecto r Pin
Color
1
White-orange
2
Orange
3
White-green
Relation
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Description 1PPS + Time Information Mode
DCLS Mode
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Negative of 1PPS signals
Negative of DCLS signals
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
266
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Connecto r Pin
Color
6
Green
4
Blue
5
White-blue
7
White-brown
8
Brown
10 Cables
Relation
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Description 1PPS + Time Information Mode
DCLS Mode
Positive of 1PPS signals
Positive of DCLS signals
Grounding terminal
Grounding terminal
Grounding terminal
Grounding terminal
Negative of time information
Unspecified
Positive of time information
Unspecified
Technical Specifications Table 10-10 and Table 10-11 lists the technical specifications of the external clock cable. Table 10-10 Technical specifications of the external shielded clock cable Item
Specification
Connector
Network Interface Connector,8-Bit 8PIN,Shielded,Crystal Model Connector,24-26AWG,Leads Single Solide Cabl
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable,100ohm,Category 5e,FTP,0.52mm(0.0205 in.), 24AWG,8Cores,4Pairs,PANTONE 430U
Number of cores
Eight
Table 10-11 Technical specifications of the external non-shielded clock cable Item
Specification
Connector
Network Interface Connector,8-Bit 8Pin,Non-Shielded,Crystal Plug
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable,100ohm,,Category 5e UTP,0.51mm(0.0200 in.), 24AWG,8Cores,PANTONE 430U
Number of cores
Eight
10.4.2 Clock Bridging Cable On an ATN device, the 120-to-75-ohm clock cable is used as the clock bridging cable. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
267
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Structure Figure 10-8 shows the structure of the 120-to-75-ohm clock bridging cable. Figure 10-8 Structure of the clock bridging cable
Heat-shrink tube View A
RJ-45 connector
Main label
Label W1
Heat-shrink tube Heat-shrink tube
W5
8 A
120-ohm or 75ohm conversion connector
W2
1
W3
X1 W4
30 m
Pin Assignment Table 10-12 lists the pin assignment of the clock bridging cable connector. Table 10-12 Pin assignment of the clock bridging cable connector 120-Ohm Cable
75-Ohm Cable
Connector Pin
Color
Relation
Core No.
X1.1
Orange
Twisted pair
W1
X1.2
White
X1.4
Blue
Twisted pair
W2
X1.5
White
X1.3
Green
Twisted pair
W3
X1.6
White
X1.7
White
Twisted pair
W4
X1.8
Brown
Technical Specifications Table 10-13 lists the technical specifications of the clock bridging cable.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
268
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Table 10-13 Technical specifications of the clock bridging cable Item
Specification
Cable
Single Cable, 120 ohm To 75 ohm Clock Cable, 30 m, MP8-II, 120CC4P0.4P430U(S)+4*SYV75-2/0.34(S)
Connector X1 type
Network Interface Connector, 8-Bit 8PIN, Crystal Model Connector
120-ohm cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable, 120 ohm, SEYVP, 0.4 mm(0.02 in.), 26AWG, 4Pairs, Pantone 430U
75-ohm cable type
Coaxial Cable, SYV-75-2-2(4.0Z)-1/0.34 mm, OD3.9 mm(0.15 in.), Double-Layer Copper Braid Shielded
10.5 Service Cables The service cables include Ethernet cables, 75-ohm 16 x E1 cables, and 120-ohm 16 x E1 cables, xDSL cables.
10.5.1 Ethernet Cables On an ATN device, Ethernet cables are used to input and output Ethernet service signals. Ethernet cables are also referred to as network cables and can be classified into straight-through cables and crossover cables according to the connection sequence of the copper cores in the cables. A network cable with a shield layer is a shielded cable and that without a shield layer is a nonshielded cable. The Ethernet service interfaces on the equipment are adaptive to the straight-through cables and crossover cables. Hence, you can connect either type of the network cables to the Ethernet service interfaces as required. Ethernet cables need to be made on site.
Structure Figure 10-9 shows the appearance of the shield layer.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
269
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Figure 10-9 Appearance of the shield layer
Figure 10-10 shows the appearance of the non-shielded cable. Figure 10-10 Appearance of the non-shielded cable
RJ45 connectors are used at both ends of a network cable. Figure 10-11 shows an RJ45 connector and Figure 10-12 shows the structure of the network cable. Figure 10-11 RJ45 connector PIN#8 PIN#1
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
270
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Figure 10-12 Structure of the network cable RJ-45 network interface connector
Label 1
Main label
Label 2
W
8
8 1
1 X1
X2
NOTE
For a crossover cable, pins 1 and 2 of the RJ45 connector at one end must be cross-connected to pins 3 and 6 of the RJ45 connector at the other end respectively.
Pin Assignment Table 10-14 and Table 10-15 list the pin assignment of the network cable connector. Table 10-14 Pin assignment of the straight-through cable connector straight-through Cable Connector X1 Pin
Connector X2 Pin
Color
Relationship
X1.1
X2.1
White-orange
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White-green
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.5
X2.5
White-blue
X1.7
X2.7
White-brown
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Table 10-15 Pin assignment of the crossover cable connector Crossover Cable for FE Interface
Crossover Cable for GE Interface
Connecto r X1 Pin
Connect or X2 Pin
Color
Relation ship
Connector X1 Pin
Connect or X2 Pin
Color
Relation ship
X1.1
X2.3
White-orange
X1.1
X2.3
White-orange
X1.2
X2.6
Orange
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.6
Orange
Twisted pair
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
271
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Crossover Cable for FE Interface
10 Cables
Crossover Cable for GE Interface
Connecto r X1 Pin
Connect or X2 Pin
Color
Relation ship
Connector X1 Pin
Connect or X2 Pin
Color
Relation ship
X1.3
X2.1
White-green
X1.3
X2.1
White-green
X1.6
X2.2
Green
Twisted pair
X1.6
X2.2
Green
Twisted pair
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.4
X2.7
Blue
X1.5
X2.5
White-blue
Twisted pair
X1.5
X2.8
White-blue
X1.7
X2.7
White-brown
X1.7
X2.4
White-brown
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
X1.8
X2.5
Brown
Twisted pair Twisted pair
Technical Specifications Table 10-16 lists the technical specifications of the shielded cable. Table 10-16 Technical specifications of the shielded cable Item
Specification
Connector X1/X2
Network Interface Connector,8-Bit 8PIN,Shielded,Crystal Model Connector,24-26AWG,Leads Single Solide Cabl
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable,100ohm,Category 5e,FTP,0.52mm(0.0205 in.), 24AWG,8Cores,4Pairs,PANTONE 430U
Number of cores
Eight
Table 10-17 lists the technical specifications of the non-shielded cable. Table 10-17 Technical specifications of the non-shielded cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Connector X1/X2
Network Interface Connector,8-Bit 8Pin,Non-Shielded,Crystal Plug
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable,100ohm,,Category 5e UTP,0.51mm(0.0200 in.), 24AWG,8Cores,PANTONE 430U
Number of cores
Eight
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
272
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
10.5.2 75-Ohm 8 x E1 Cables The 75-ohm 8 x E1 cable is used to input and output E1 signals. Use the DB44 connector at one end to connect the cable to the 75-ohm 8 x E1 electrical interface board. Use a connector to connect the other end to the digital distribution frame (DDF). The connector should be made according to the on-site requirements.
Structure Figure 10-13 shows the structure of the 75-ohm 8 x E1 cable. Figure 10-13 Structure of the 75-ohm 8 x E1 cable
Pos.44
A
A-A
Cable connectorD type-44PIN-male
Pos.1
Main label W X
Pin Assignment Table 10-18 lists the pin assignment of the 75-ohm 8 x E1 cable connector. Table 10-18 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm 8 x E1 cable connector Connecto r Pin
Cable Core
Serial No.
38
Ring
1
23
Tip
37
Ring
22
Tip
36
Ring
21
Tip
35
Ring
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Remarks
3
5
7
R0
R1
R2
R3
Connecto r Pin
Cable Core
Serial No.
34
Ring
9
R4
19
Tip
33
Ring
11
R5
18
Tip
32
Ring
13
R6
17
Tip
31
Ring
15
R7
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Remarks
273
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Connecto r Pin
Cable
20
Tip
15
Ring
30
Tip
14
Ring
29
Tip
13
Ring
28
Tip
12
Ring
27
Tip
Shell
External braid shield layer
Core
Remarks Serial No.
2
T0
4
T1
6
T2
8
T3
10 Cables
Connecto r Pin
Cable
16
Tip
11
Ring
26
Tip
10
Ring
25
Tip
9
Ring
24
Tip
8
Ring
7
Tip
Core
Remarks Serial No.
10
T4
12
T5
14
T6
16
T7
Technical Specifications Table 10-19 Technical specifications of the 75-ohm 8 x E1 cable Item
Specification
Cable
Trunk Cable, 75-ohm, 8E1, 2.2 mm, D44M-I, SYFVZP75-1.2/0.25*16(S)-I, -45 deg Trunk Cable, 75-ohm, 8E1, 2.2 mm, D44M-I, SYFVZP75-1.2/0.25*16(S)-I, +45 deg
Connector
Cable connector-D type-44PIN-male
Cable type
Coaxial Cable, SYFVZP-LC 75-1-1*16, 75–ohm, 13.10 mm, 1.2 mm, 0.254 mm, Pantone Warm Gray 1U
Fireproof class
CM
Number of cores
16
Cover diameterinsulation diameterconductor diameter
13.1 mm - 1.2 mm - 0.254 mm
10.5.3 120-Ohm 8 x E1 Cables The 120-ohm 8 x E1 cable is used to input and output E1 signals. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
274
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Use the DB44 connector at one end to connect the cable to the 120-ohm E1 electrical interface board. Use a connector to connect the other end to the DDF. The connector should be made according to the on-site requirements.
Structure Figure 10-14 shows the appearance of the 120-ohm 8 x E1 cable and Figure 10-15 shows the structure of the cable. Figure 10-14 Appearance of the 120-ohm 8 x E1 cable
Figure 10-15 Structure of the 120-ohm 8 x E1 cable A-A
Cable connectorD type-44PIN-male
Pos.1
Pos.44
A
Lable 1
Lable 2
Main lable W1
X W2
Pin assignment Table 10-20 lists the pin assignment of the 120-ohm 8 x E1 cable connector.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
275
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Table 10-20 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 cable connector Connector Pin
Cable
Remarks
Connector Pin
Core 15
Blue
30
White
14
Orange
29
White
13
Green
28
White
12
Brown
27
White
11
Grey
26
White
10
Blue
25
Red
9
Orange
24
Red
8
Green
7 Shell
Cable
Remarks
Core R0
38
Blue
23
White
37
Orange
22
White
36
Green
21
White
35
Brown
20
White
34
Grey
19
White
33
Blue
18
Red
32
Orange
17
Red
31
Green
Red
16
Red
External braid shield layer
Shell
External braid shield layer
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
T0
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
Technical Specifications Table 10-21 Technical specifications of the 120-ohm 8 x E1 cable Item
Specification
Cable
Trunk Cable, 120-ohm, 8E1, 0.4 mm, D44M-I, 2*120CC8P0.4P430U(S), -45deg Trunk Cable, 120-ohm, 8E1, 0.4 mm, D44M-I, 2*120CC8P0.4P430U(S), 45deg
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Connector
Cable connector-D type-44PIN-male
Cable type
Communication cable-120 ohm-SEYVP-24AWG-16 corePANTONE 430U
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
276
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Item
Specification
Number of cores
16 twisted pairs
Inner conductor diameter
0.4 mm(0.02 in.)
Fireproof class
CM
10 Cables
10.5.4 75-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables On an ATN device, Anea96 connectors are used to input and output 75-ohm E1 signals. At one end of the 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable, the Anea96 connector is used to connect the 75-ohm E1 electrical interface on the board; the other end is connected to the digital distribution frame (DDF). Make the connector as required on site. NOTE
The 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable of other types of ATN equipment cannot be used for the ATN 910I. Otherwise, the device cannot correctly identify the impedance.
Structure Figure 10-16 shows the appearance of the 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable and Figure 10-17 shows the structure of the cable. Figure 10-16 Appearance of the 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
277
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Figure 10-17 Structure of the 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable
Main label 1 W
A
X1
View A
Pos.96
Cable Connector, Anea, 96PIN, Female Connector
Pos .1
Pin Assignment Table 10-22 lists the pin assignment of the 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable connector. Table 10-22 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 cable connector Connecto r Pin
Cable Core
Serial No.
1
Tip
1
2
Ring
3
Tip
4
Ring
5
Tip
6
Ring
7
Tip
8
Ring
9
Tip
10
Ring
11
Tip
12
Ring
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Remarks
3
5
7
9
11
R0
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
Connecto r Pin
Cable Core
Serial No.
25
Tip
2
T0
26
Ring
27
Tip
4
T1
28
Ring
29
Tip
6
T2
30
Ring
31
Tip
8
T3
32
Ring
33
Tip
10
T4
34
Ring
35
Tip
12
T5
36
Ring
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Remarks
278
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Connecto r Pin
Cable
Remarks
Core
Serial No.
13
Tip
13
14
Ring
15
Tip
16
Ring
17
Tip
18
Ring
19
Tip
20
Ring
21
Tip
22
Ring
23
Tip
24
Ring
49
Tip
50
Ring
51
Tip
52
Ring
53
Tip
54
Ring
55
Tip
56
Ring
Shell
External braid shield layer
R6
15
R7
17
R8
19
R9
21
R10
23
R11
25
R12
27
R13
29
R14
31
R15
10 Cables
Connecto r Pin
Cable
Remarks
Core
Serial No.
37
Tip
14
T6
38
Ring
39
Tip
16
T7
40
Ring
41
Tip
18
T8
42
Ring
43
Tip
20
T9
44
Ring
45
Tip
22
T10
46
Ring
47
Tip
24
T11
48
Ring
73
Tip
26
T12
74
Ring
75
Tip
28
T13
76
Ring
77
Tip
30
T14
78
Ring
79
Tip
32
T15
80
Ring
Technical Specifications Table 10-23 Technical specifications of the 75-ohm 16 x E1 cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Cable
Trunk Cable, 75ohm, 16E1, 1.6mm,Anea 96FI,SYFVZP75-1.1/0.26*32(S), +45deg
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
279
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Item
Specification
Connector
Cable Connector, Anea, 96PIN, Suite Of Female Connector And Shielding Case, IDC Type, For 28-30 AWG Solid Wire, 1 A
Cable type
Coaxial Cable, SYFVZP-MC 75-1-1*32, 75 ohm, 12.40 mm(0.49 in.), 1.1 mm(0.04 in.), 0.26 mm(0.01 in.), Pantone Warm Gray 1U, Only for OEM
Diameter of the shield layer - diameter of the internal insulation layer - diameter of the internal conductor
12.4 mm(0.49 in.) - 1.6 mm(0.06 in.) - 0.26 mm(0.01 in.)
Number of cores
32
Available length
5 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m, 25 m, 30 m, 35 m, 40 m, 45 m, 50 m 16.40 ft.,32.80 ft.,49.21 ft.,65.62 ft.,82.02 ft.,98.42 ft.,114.83 ft., 131.23 ft.147.64 ft.,164.04 ft.
10.5.5 120-Ohm 16 x E1 Cables On an ATN device, Anea96 connectors are used to input and output 120-ohm E1 signals. At one end of the a 120-ohm 16 x E1 cable, the Anea96 connector is used to connect the 120ohm E1 electrical interface on the board; the other end is connected to the DDF. Make the connector as required on site.
Structure Figure 10-18 shows the appearance of the 120-ohm 16 x E1 cable and Figure 10-19 shows the structure of the cable. Figure 10-18 Appearance of the 120-ohm 16 x E1 cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
280
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Figure 10-19 Structure of the 120-ohm 16 x E1 cable
Main label 1 W
A
X1
View A
Pos.96
Cable Connector, Anea, 96PIN, Female Connector
Pos .1
Pin assignment Table 10-24 lists the pin assignment of the 120-ohm 16 x E1 cable connector. Table 10-24 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 cable connector Connecto r Pin
Cable Core
Bundle
1
White
Blue
2
Blue
3
White
4
Green
5
White
6
Grey
7
Red
8
Orange
9
Red
10
Brown
11
Black
12
Blue
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Remarks
R0
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
Connecto r Pin
Cable Core
Bundle
25
White
Blue
26
Orange
27
White
28
Brown
29
Red
30
Blue
31
Red
32
Green
33
Red
34
Grey
35
Black
36
Orange
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Remarks
T0
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
281
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Connecto r Pin
Cable
13
Black
14
Green
15
Black
16
Grey
17
White
18
Blue
19
White
20
Green
21
White
22
Grey
23
Red
24
Orange
49
Red
50
Brown
51
Black
52
Blue
53
Black
54
Green
55
Black
56
Grey
Shell
External braid shield layer
Core
Remarks Bundle R6
R7
Orange
R8
R9
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
10 Cables
Connecto r Pin
Cable
37
Black
38
Brown
39
Yellow
40
Blue
41
White
42
Orange
43
White
44
Brown
45
Red
46
Blue
47
Red
48
Green
73
Red
74
Grey
75
Black
76
Orange
77
Black
78
Brown
79
Yellow
80
Blue
Core
Remarks Bundle T6
T7
Orange
T8
T9
T10
T11
T12
T13
T14
T15
Technical Specifications Table 10-25 Technical specifications of the 120-ohm 16 x E1 cable
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Cable
Trunk Cable, 120 ohm, 16E1, 0.4 mm(0.02 in.), Anea 96F, 120CC32P0.4P430U(S), +45deg
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
282
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Item
Specification
Connector
Cable Connector, Anea, 96PIN, Suite Of Female Connector And Shielding Case, IDC Type, For 24-26 AWG Solid Wire - 1 A
Cable type
Twisted-Pair Cable, 120 ohm, SEYVP, 0.4 mm(0.02 in.), 26AWG, 32Pairs, Pantone 430U
Core diameter of the inner conductor
0.4 mm(0.02 in.)
Number of cores
32 twisted pairs
10.5.6 xDSL Cables On an ATN devices, the telephone wires with RJ-11/RJ-45 connectors are used to input and output ADSL and G.SHDSL service signals. The connectors at both ends of the cable applicable to the AND1SHD4, and AND1SHD4I are RJ-11 connectors. The connectors at both ends of the cable applicable to the AND1AVD8A are RJ-45 connectors.
Structure Figure 10-20 shows the structure of the telephone wire used as an xDSL cable. Figure 10-20 Structure of the telephone wire 1
Main label W
6
6
1
1 X1
X2 15 m
1. Telephone wire RJ-11 crystal connector
1
Main label 8
W
8
1
1 X1
X2 15 m
1. Telephone wire RJ-45 crystal connector
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
283
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Pin Assignment Table 10-26 lists the pin assignment of the ADSL cable connector and Table 10-27 lists the pin assignment of the G.SHDSL cable connector. Table 10-26 Pin assignment of the ADSL cable connector (RJ-45) Connector X1
Connector X2
Description
X1.1
X2.1
Unspecified
X1.2
X2.2
Unspecified
X1.3
X2.3
Unspecified
X1.4
X2.4
Ring
X1.5
X2.5
Tip
X1.6
X2.6
Unspecified
X1.7
X2.7
Unspecified
X1.8
X2.8
Unspecified
Table 10-27 Pin assignment of the G.SHDSL cable connector Connector X1
Connector X2
Description
X1.1
X2.1
Unspecified
X1.2
X2.2
Unspecified
X1.3
X2.3
Tip
X1.4
X2.4
Ring
X1.5
X2.5
Unspecified
X1.6
X2.6
Unspecified
Technical Specifications Table 10-28 lists the technical specifications of the xDSL cable (telephone wire).
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
284
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
Table 10-28 Technical specifications of the xDSL cable Item
Specification
RJ-11 Connector X1/ X2
Network Interface Connector, 6-Bit 4PIN, Crystal Model Connector, Matching 26-28AWG
RJ-45 Connector X1/ X2
Network Interface Connector, 8-Bit 8PIN, Shielded, Crystal Model Connector
Cable
Electronic and Power Cable, 150 V,UL20251, 28AWG, Black, 1 A, 2 Cores Telephone Cable
Number of cores
2
10.6 Optical Fibers On an ATN device, optical fibers are used to input and output Ethernet service signals. Indoor optical fibers include single-mode optical fibers and multi-mode optical fibers. The appearances of a single-mode optical fiber and a multi-mode optical fiber are the same, but their colors are different. The single-mode optical fiber is yellow, and the multi-mode optical fiber is orange. Figure 10-21 shows the appearance of a single-mode optical fiber. Figure 10-21 Appearance of a single-mode optical fiber with LC/PC connectors
LC/PC connectors are used at both ends of the optical fiber shown in Figure 10-21. For an optical fiber that connects an optical port on an ATN device to an optical port of another type on the Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
285
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
10 Cables
peer device, an LC/PC connector is used at one end and a connector of another type is used at the other end. Table 10-29 lists the common optical connectors. Table 10-29 Common optical connectors Appearance
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Type
Description
SC/PC connector
Plug-in square fiber connector/ protruding polished
FC/PC connector
Round fiber connector/protruding polished
ST/PC connector
Square fiber connector/protruding polished
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
286
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11
11 Equipment Support
Equipment Support
About This Chapter ATN devices can work with various equipment to implement various applications. 11.1 Cabinet Support This section provides common cabinets that can house ATN devices. 11.2 Power Distribution Equipment This section introduces equipment that supplies power to ATN devices. 11.3 Heater The ATN 910I-TC DC operates at a temperature that ranges from -40ºC to 65ºC. When the temperature falls below -20ºC, the heater starts working.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
287
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
11.1 Cabinet Support This section provides common cabinets that can house ATN devices.
11.1.1 APM30H Outdoor Cabinet The APM30H outdoor cabinet supports IP55 protection rating and can be used outdoors. The APM30H is an outdoor cabinet with heat exchangers. It supports AC power supply and DC power distribution, and can provide a 7 U installation space for user devices. Figure 11-1 and Figure 11-2 show the appearance and internal structure of an APM30H outdoor cabinet. Figure 11-1 Appearance of an APM30H outdoor cabinet
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
288
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Figure 11-2 Internal structure of an APM30H outdoor cabinet
7U
Table 11-1 lists the technical specifications of the APM30H outdoor cabinet. Table 11-1 Technical specifications of the APM30H outdoor cabinet Item
Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D)
700 mm x 600 mm x 480 mm
Available installation space
7 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Allowable internal heat consumption
≤ 700 W
Protection rating
IP55
11.1.2 IMB Network Cabinet The IMB network cabinet supports the IP31 protection rating, and can be wall mounted indoors, in the corridor, and in the weak current well. A small-sized IMB network cabinet has a compact structure and occupies only a little installation space. In addition, it can be installed on an uneven wall with an undulation smaller than 10 mm, so it has low requirements on site selection. The IMB network cabinet provides a 3 U installation space for user devices. The internal 2 U installation space is for an ATN device and the external 1 U installation space is for a power supply device. Figure 11-3 and Figure 11-4 show the appearance and structure of an IMB network cabinet.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
289
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Figure 11-3 Appearance of an IMB network cabinet
Figure 11-4 Internal structure of an IMB network cabinet
Table 11-2 lists the technical specifications of the IMB network cabinet. Table 11-2 Technical specifications of the IMB network cabinet
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D)
560 mm x 180 mm x 425 mm
Available installation space
3 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Allowable internal heat consumption
≤ 300 W
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
290
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Item
Specifications
Protection rating
IP31
11.1.3 19-inch Open Rack 19-inch open racks apply to Class-A indoor installation environment. A 19-inch open rack provides a 45 U installation space for user devices. Figure 11-5 shows the appearance of a 19-inch open rack. Figure 11-5 Appearance of a 19-inch open rack
Table 11-3 lists the technical specifications of the 19-inch open rack. Table 11-3 Technical specifications of the 19-inch open rack
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D)
2,200 mm x 600 mm x 600 mm
Available installation space
45 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
291
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
11.1.4 N63E Cabinet N63E-22 cabinet apply to Class-A indoor installation environment. The N63E-22 cabinet has a height of 2.2 m. Figure 11-6 shows the appearance of a N63E-22 cabinet. Figure 11-6 Appearance of a N63E-22 cabinet
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
292
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Table 11-4 lists the technical specifications of the N63E-22 cabinet. Table 11-4 Technical specifications of the N63E-22 cabinet Item
Specifications
Standard compliance
ETSI cabinet (21-inch): ETSI 300 119-3
Weight (empty cabinet)
45 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H)
600 mm x 300 mm x 2200 mm
Distance between mounting bar holes
1 SU = 25 mm. (SU: Standard U.)
Available space
83 SU
Fixing centers
515 mm
11.2 Power Distribution Equipment This section introduces equipment that supplies power to ATN devices.
11.2.1 Power Distribution This section describes power distribution for ATN devices in AC and DC scenarios.
DC Scenario The rated voltage and current of ATN 910 are -48 V/-60 V DC and 4 A, respectively. The rated voltage and current of an ATN 910I DC device are -48 V/-60 V DC and 1.5 A, respectively. NOTE
An ATN 910I AC device using AC power supplies cannot be used in the DC scenario.
The rated voltage and current of ATN 910B are -48 V/-60 V DC and 4 A, respectively. The rated voltage and current of ATN 950B are -48 V/-60 V DC and 8 A, respectively. In DC scenarios, an ATN device can be directly used under the rated voltage of -48 V/-60 V DC or used with a 27S48D power system under the rated voltage of +24 V DC. Figure 11-7 and Figure 11-8 show the power distribution for an ATN device. Figure 11-7 Power distribution for an ATN device under the voltage of -48 V/-60 V DC
-48 V DC/-60 V DC -48 V DC/-60 V DC
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
ATN
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
293
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
NOTE
For the capacity of circuit breakers or fuses on an ATN device, refer to the Quick Installation Guide of the ATN device.
Figure 11-8 Power distribution for an ATN device under the voltage of +24 V DC
+24 V DC +24 V DC
-48 V DC
27S48D -48 V DC
ATN
AC Scenario The input AC voltage of An ATN 910I AC device is from 100 V to 240 V AC and the rated current is 0.6 A.An ATN 910I AC device can be directly used in AC scenarios. Figure 11-9 shows the power distribution for an ATN 910I AC device. Figure 11-9 AC power distribution 220 V AC
ATN
When using AC power supplies, the ATN DC device can be used with an EPS30-4815AF power system. Figure 11-10 shows the power distribution for an ATN DC device. Figure 11-10 AC power distribution -48 V DC
220 V AC
EPS30-4815AF -48 V DC
ATN
-48V DC Lead-acid battery
11.2.2 EPS30-4815AF Power System The EPS30-4815AF external power system converts input 220 V AC power to -53.5 V DC power and supplies power to an ATN device. When the 220 V AC input power supply fails, the EPS30-4815AF automatically supplies to the ATN device the backup power of storage batteries. An EPS30-4815AF power system consists of a rectifier module, monitoring module, and AC/ DC power distribution frame. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
294
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Appearance Figure 11-11 and Table 11-5 show the appearance and structure of an EPS30-4815AF, respectively. Figure 11-11 Appearance of an EPS30-4815AF
NOTICE Interfaces on the monitoring module are reserved temporarily. Do not use these interfaces. Otherwise, the power system may be reset or damaged.
Table 11-5 Structure of an EPS30-4815AF
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Component
Description
Rectifier module
Converts AC power to DC power. One or two rectifier modules can be configured in an EPS30-4815AF power system.
Monitoring module
Detects the status of the power system and storage batteries. Two RS232/RS485 communication interfaces and one DB50 interface are reserved on the monitoring module.
AC/DC power distribution frame
Provides AC power input interface, load interfaces, storage battery interface, and replaceable fuses.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
295
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Indicators Indicators for the rectifier and monitoring modules are present on the front panel of the EPS30-4815AF. Table 11-6 and Table 11-7 list the indications of indicators for the rectifier and monitoring modules respectively. Table 11-6 Indicators for the rectifier modules Indicator
Indication
Color
Normal State
Abnormal State
Cause of Exception
RUN
Running indicator
Green
On
Off
The rectifier modules are running normally.
ALM
Protection indicator
Yellow
Off
On
A fault that can be rectified occurs on a rectifier module.
Blinking
Communication on a rectifier module is interrupted.
On
A fault that cannot be rectified occurs on a rectifier module.
FAULT
Fault indicator
Red
Off
Note 1: When a severe fault occurs, the indicator (red) is on and the indicators (yellow and green) are off. The indicators (yellow and green) are on only when the indicator (red) is off. Note 2: The indicator (yellow) is always on when communication on a rectifier module is interrupted, a rectifier module is overheated or endures overcurrent or undercurrent, or a rectifier module is disabled.
Table 11-7 Indicators for the monitoring module Indicat or
Indicatio n
Color
Normal State
Abnorm al State
Cause of Exception
RUN
Running indicator
Green
Blinking regularly
Off
The monitoring module is running abnormally.
Fast blinking
Abnormal communication
On
The EPS30-4815AF reports an alarm.
ALM
Alarm indicator
Red
Off
Interfaces Table 11-8 lists types and usage of the interfaces on the front panel of the EPS30-4815AF.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
296
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Table 11-8 Interfaces on the front panel of the EPS30-4815AF Interface Name
Numb er of Interfa ces
Interface Type
Description
Remarks
AC INPUT
1
-
220 V AC power input interface
-
RS232/RS485
2
RJ-45
RS232/RS485 communication interfaces. The monitoring module communicates with the equipment, reports alarms, and implements remote control through these interfaces.
Reserved interfaces
The interface on the left is the active interface and the interface on the right is the standby interface. The active and standby interfaces cannot be used at the same time. COM
1
DB50
The monitoring module is connected to various sensors through the COM interface.
Reserved interface
LOAD1
1
-
Output interface for load 1
LOAD2
1
-
Output interface for load 2
BATT
1
-
Interface for connecting to the storage batteries
LOAD1 and LOAD2 provide DC power for two PIUs. For how to connect the load interfaces to the PIUs, see the Installation Guide. The pins marked with + and - are connected to the 48V+ and 48Vpoles of the cable connector respectively. Table 11-9 lists the relationships of the load output interfaces, interface for connecting to the storage batteries, and fuses.
Output branch fuses There are three replaceable fuses on the front panel of the EPS30-4815AF. The fuses disable/ enable the load and storage batteries, and provide overload and short-circuit protection for the load and storage batteries.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
297
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Table 11-9 Relationships of the load output interfaces, interface for connecting to the storage batteries, and fuses Output Branch Fuse
Load Branch
FU-1 (10 A)
LOAD1 (10 A)
FU-2 (20 A)
LOAD2 (20 A)
FU-BT (20 A)
BATT (20 A)
DIP Switch There is a DIP switch on the monitoring module of the EPS30-4815AF. Figure 11-12 shows the default setting and location of the DIP switch. Figure 11-12 Default setting and location of the DIP switch
NOTICE Do not change the default setting of the DIP switch. Otherwise, the EPS30-4815AF is affected. The DIP switch indicates eight bits in binary format (on: 1; off: 0). The default value of the eight bits is 00000100. The functions of the eight bits are as follows: l
The first five bits indicate the local and remote power addresses. Bit 5 is the highest bit and bit 1 is the lowest bit.
l
Bit 6 sets the baud rate of communication between the monitoring module and equipment. When bit 6 is 1, the baud rate is 9600 bit/s; when bit 6 is 0, the baud rate is 19200 bit/s.
l
Bits 7 and 8 are reserved.
Technical Specifications Table 11-10 lists the technical specifications of the EPS30-4815AF.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
298
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Table 11-10 Technical specifications of the EPS30-4815AF Item AC input
Battery input
DC output
Specification Rated input voltage
220 (90 to 280) V AC
Maximum input current
10 A
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Rated input voltage
-48 V
Capacity
40 Ah
Number of batteries
4
Rated output voltage
-53.5 V DC
Output current
LOAD1: 10 A (determined by the fuse) LOAD 2: 20 A (determined by the fuse)
Dimensions of the EPS30-4815AF (mounting ears included)
43.6 mm (H) x 482.6 mm (W) x 270 mm (D)
Weight of the EPS30-4815AF
< 10 kg
11.2.3 27S48D Power System The 27S48D power system converts input +24 V DC power to -53.5 V DC power and supplies power to an ATN device.
Appearance Figure 11-13 shows the appearance of a 27S48D power system. Figure 11-13 Appearance of a 27S48D power system
Functions The 27S48D power system accepts power in the range of 19 V to 30 V, and outputs -53.5 V rated voltage and 7 A rated current. In terms of electrical performance and structure, the 27S48D power system is divided into two independent -53.5 V/5.6 A power modules. They are separated using an output diode and Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
299
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
installed in the same cabinet. Their currents are combined into a 7 A one through power distribution, and the 7 A current is supplied to equipment. The 27S48D power system provides functions such as short-circuit protection, overcurrent protection, output overvoltage protection, and overheat protection.
Indicator Table 11-11 lists the meaning of each 27S48D power indicator status. Table 11-11 Indicator description Indicator
Color
Normal State
Description
RUN
Green
On
When the module receives 24 V power, the indicator is on and green.
STAND-BY
Yellow
Off
When there is no output power, the indicator is on and yellow.
ALM
Red
Off
When protection is triggered or a fault occurs, the indicator is on and red.
Interface Table 11-12 lists the types and functions of 27S48D power interfaces. Table 11-12 Description of 27S48D power interfaces Interface Name
Quant ity
Description
Remarks
INPUT
2
24 V DC power input interface
Each power module has one input interface to receive power independently.
OUTPUT
6
-48 V DC power output interface
Two terminals are used: NEG(-) and RTN(+). There are altogether six power outputs.
ALM
1
Alarm output terminal
Dry contact output: off (abnormal) or on (normal)
Technical Specifications Table 11-13 lists the technical specifications of the 27S48D power system.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
300
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
Table 11-13 Technical specifications of the 27S48D power system Item
Value
DC power supply
DC power supply
Rated input voltage
24 V (19 V to 30 V) DC
Maximum input current
20 A
Rated output voltage
-53.5 V DC
Output current
7A
Dimensions (with mounting ears) (H x W x D)
43.4 mm x 482.6 mm x 244 mm
Weight
< 7 kg
11.2.4 HW-100-48AC14D-1 Power System The HW-100-48AC14D-1 power system receives and converts 110 V or 220 V AC power to -48 V DC power for an ATN device.
Appearance Figure 11-14 shows the appearance of the HW-100-48AC14D-1 power system. Figure 11-14 Appearance of the HW-100-48AC14D-1 power system
Functions The HW-100-48AC14D-1 power system supports AC power ranging from 90 V to 264 V, and outputs -48 V DC power in natural heat dissipation mode. The output power is 100 W. This Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
301
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
power system supports protection against output overcurrent, output undervoltage, output short circuit, and overtemperature.
Technical Specifications Table 11-14 provides the technical specifications of the HW-100-48AC14D-1 power system. Table 11-14 Technical specification of the HW-100-48AC14D-1 power system Item
Specifications
AC power input
DC output
Rated input voltage
100/220 V (100 V to 240 V) AC
Maximum input current
2A
Rated output voltage
-48 V DC
Rated output power
100 W
Dimensions (H x W x D)
40 mm x 171 mm x 72 mm
Weight
< 1 kg
Ambient temperature
-20 °C to +40 °C
11.2.5 Lead-Acid Battery An ATN device uses valve regulated lead-acid batteries to provide backup power.
Appearance Figure 11-15 shows the appearance of a lead-acid battery. Figure 11-15 Appearance of a lead-acid battery
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
302
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
NOTE
The appearance, dimensions, and weight of lead-acid batteries are provided only for reference and those of the delivered batteries prevail.
Technical Specifications Table 11-15 shows the technical specifications of the lead-acid battery. Table 11-15 Technical specifications of the lead-acid battery Item
Specifications
Rated working voltage (four batteries cascaded in a group)
-48 V DC
Rated capacity (four batteries cascaded in a group)
40 Ah (NP38-12RFR)
Float charging voltage (four batteries cascaded in a group)
-53.5 V DC
Maximum charge current (four batteries cascaded in a group)
9.5 A (NP38-12RFR)
Operating temperature
-15°C to +50°C (NP38-12RFR)
40 Ah (BPL40-12)
12 A (BPL40-12)
-20°C to +50°C (BPL40-12) Weight
≤ 15 kg
11.3 Heater The ATN 910I-TC DC operates at a temperature that ranges from -40ºC to 65ºC. When the temperature falls below -20ºC, the heater starts working. The dimensions of the heater (without mounting ears) are 420 mm (width) x 250 mm (depth) x 41.6 mm (height). Figure 11-16 shows the heater. Figure 11-16 Heater
The technical specifications of the heater are as follows: Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
303
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
11 Equipment Support
l
When the temperature in the cabinet is lower than +1ºC (with ±6ºC offset considered), the heater starts working. When the temperature in the cabinet is higher than +15ºC (with ±3ºC offset considered), the heater stops working.
l
The rated heating power of the heater is 330 W.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
304
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
12
Quick Reference
About This Chapter 12.1 Indicators This topic describes the names of various indicators and their indications. 12.2 Dimensions and Weight This chapter lists the dimensions and weight of each board used for an ATN device. 12.3 Power Consumption This chapter lists the power consumption of each board used for ATN devices. 12.4 Interface Specifications This chapter presents the list of Interface Specifications.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
305
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
12.1 Indicators This topic describes the names of various indicators and their indications.
Index of Indicators For boards and their indicators, see Boards and Their Indicators. For board status indicators, see: l
Description of the Board Status Indicator (STAT)
l
Description of the Program Running Indicator (PROG)
l
Description of the Synchronization Status Indicator (SYNC)
l
Description of the Service Status Indicator (SRV)
l
Description of the CXP Switching Status Indicator (ACTX)
l
Description of the CXP Control Status Indicator (ACTC)
l
Description of the Power Supply Status Indicator (PWRA/PWRB/PWR)
l
Description of the Fan Status Indicator (FAN)
For service port status indicators, see: l
Description of the Service Port Transmitting/Receiving Status Indicator (ACT)
l
Description of the Ethernet Electrical Interface Connection Status Indicator (LINK)
l
Description of the Ethernet Optical Interface Connection/Data Transmission Status Indicator (L/A or LINK/ACT)
l
Description of the EF8F/EG2 Port Connection Status Indicator (LINK)
l
Description of the CQ1B/PQ1 Port Status Indicator (LOS1 to LOS4)
For system alarm indicators, see: l
Description of the Critical Alarm Indicator (CRIT)
l
Description of the Major Alarm Indicator (MAJ)
l
Description of the Minor Alarm Indicator (MIN)
For combination of indicators in different start statuses on the system control board, see Description of the Start Status Indicator Combination on the System Control Board.
Boards and Their Indicators
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
ATN 910 Board Name
Indicator
ANC2CXPI/ANC2CXPL
STAT, PROG, SYNC, SRV, CRIT, MAJ, MIN, L/A0, L/A1, LINK, and ACT
AND1EF8T
STAT, LINK, ACT
AND1EF8F
STAT, LINK0 to LINK7
AND1EG2
STAT, LINK0, LINK1, ACT0, and ACT1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
306
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
12 Quick Reference
ATN 910 Board Name
Indicator
AND1EG4F
STAT, L/A0 to L/A3
AND1EG4T
STAT
AND1MO1C
STAT
AND1AVD8A/ AND1AVD8B
STAT
AND1SHD4
STAT, LINK0 to LINK3
AND1SHD4I
STAT, LINK0 to LINK3
AND1ML1/ML1A
STAT
AND2ML1A/ML1B
STAT
AND1MD1A/MD1B
STAT
ANC1PIU
PWRA, PWRB
ANC1FAN
FAN
ATN 950B Board Name
Indicator
AND1CXPA/ AND1CXPB/ AND2CXPA/ AND2CXPB/AND2CXPE
STAT, PROG, SYNC, ACTX, and ACTC
AND1EM4T
STAT
AND1EM8T
STAT
AND1EX1
L/A
AND1EM4F
STAT, L/A0 to L/A3
AND1EM8F
STAT, L/A0 to L/A7
AND2CQ1B/AND2PQ1
STAT, LOS0 to LOS3
AND1ML1/ML1A
STAT
AND3ML1A/ML1B
STAT
AND2MD1A/MD1B
STAT
AND1PIU/AND2PIU
PWR
AND1FAN/AND2FAN
CRIT, MAJ, MIN, and FAN
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
307
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Description of the Board Status Indicator (STAT) Status
Indication
On (green)
The board is working normally.
On (red)
The board hardware is faulty.
On (orange)
The interface board is not loaded with the logic.
Off
l No power is input. l The board is not running.
Description of the Program Running Indicator (PROG) Status
Indication
On (green)
l The board software is being initialized. l The board software is normally initialized, and the board software is running normally. l The memory self-check fails.
On (red)
l The board software or the logic file is lost. l Loading of the board software fails. On for 100 ms and off for 100 ms alternately (green)
Loading of the board software is in process.
On for 300 ms and off for 300 ms alternately (green)
The BIOS is guiding the upper-layer software.
On for 100 ms and off for 100 ms alternately (red)
The BIOS self-check fails.
Off
No power is input.
Description of the Synchronization Status Indicator (SYNC) Status
Indication
On (green)
l The clock works in free-run mode and the system clock priority list is not set. By default, the system clock priority list contains only internal sources. l The clock works in locked mode and is tracing a clock source other than the internal sources in the priority list. l The system clock is working in time synchronization mode, and the PTP time and system clock are in the tracing state.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
308
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Status
Indication
On (red)
l The system clock priority list is set. All the clock sources, however, are lost except for the internal clock sources. The clock works in holdover mode or free-run mode. l The system clock is working in time synchronization mode, but no synchronization source is available. The system clock and PTP time are working in holdover or free-run mode.
Description of the Service Status Indicator (SRV) This indicator is reserved for later use.
Description of the CXP Switching Status Indicator (ACTX) Status
Indication
On (green)
The board is in the working switching state.
Off
The board is in the protection switching state.
Description of the CXP Control Status Indicator (ACTC) Status
Indication
On (green)
The board is in the working control state.
On for 100 ms and off for 100 ms alternately (green)
The data of the equipment is backed up in batch.
Off
The board is in the protection control state.
Description of the Power Supply Status Indicator (PWRA/PWRB/PWR) Status
Indication
On (green)
Power is accessed.
Off
l No power is accessed. l The power supply poles are inversely connected.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
309
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Description of the Alarm Indicator (ALM) Status
Indication
On (red)
Critical alarms are generated in the equipment.
On (yellow)
Major or minor alarms are generated in the equipment.
Off
No alarms are generated in the equipment.
Description of the Fan Status Indicator (FAN) Status
Indication
On (green)
The fans are working normally.
On (red)
The fans are working abnormally.
Off
The fans are not powered.
Description of the Service Port Transmitting/Receiving Status Indicator (ACT) Status
Indication
Blinking (orange)
The data interface is transmitting or receiving data.
Off
The data interface is not transmitting or receiving data.
Description of the Ethernet Electrical Interface Connection Status Indicator (LINK) Status
Indication
On (green)
The physical port connection is normal.
Off
The physical port connection fails.
Description of the Ethernet Optical Interface Connection/Data Transmission Status Indicator (L/A or LINK/ACT)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Status
Indication
On (green)
The connection on the physical port is normal.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
310
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Status
Indication
Blinking (orange)
The connection on the physical port is normal, and data is received or transmitted on the port.
Off
The physical connection fails.
Description of the EF8F/EG2 Port Connection Status Indicator (LINK) Status
Indication
On (green)
The physical connection of the port is normal.
Off
The physical connection of the port is faulty.
Description of the CQ1B/PQ1 Port Status Indicator (LOS1 to LOS4) Status
Indication
On (green)
The signal on the port is normal.
On (red)
The signal on the port is lost.
Off
The optical module is offline.
Description of the PoE Status Indicator Status
Indication
On (green)
The PoE port outputs power normally.
On (red)
A PoE power output alarm is generated. The peer is a non-standard PD.
On (orange)
Negotiation with the peer PD is in progress.
Off
No PD is installed at the peer end and the PoE port does not output power.
Description of the Critical Alarm Indicator (CRIT)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Status
Indication
On (red)
Critical alarms are generated in the equipment.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
311
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Status
Indication
Off
No critical alarms are generated in the equipment.
Description of the Major Alarm Indicator (MAJ) Status
Indication
On (orange)
Major alarms are generated in the equipment.
Off
No major alarms are generated in the equipment.
Description of the Minor Alarm Indicator (MIN) Status
Indication
On (yellow)
Minor alarms are generated in the equipment.
Off
No minor alarms are generated in the equipment.
Description of the Start Status Indicator Combination on the System Control Board Table 12-1 describes the status and meaning of the start status indicator combination of the ATN 910 control board from the time when it is powered on to the time when it is working properly.Table 12-2 describes the status and meaning of the start status indicator combination of the ATN 950B control board from the time when it is powered on to the time when it is working properly. Table 12-1 Start status indicator combination SN
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Status
Indicator STAT
PROG
1
The system control board is not powered on.
Off
Off
2
The BIOS is being started.
Off
Green
3
The BIOS is started, and guides and loads the board software.
Off
Blinking (green)
4
The upper-layer software is being initialized.
Green
Green
5
The upper-layer software initialization is complete, but the system control board is not running.
Green
Green
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
312
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
SN
6
12 Quick Reference
Status
Indicator
The system control board is running.
STAT
PROG
Green
Green
NOTE The STAT and PROG indicators provide the control board status indication as well as the DCN availability indication. By default, after the ATN is powered on and automatically goes online in DCN mode, The STAT and PROG indicators are both blinking green for 3s, indicating that the ATN has gone online. Then the STAT and PROG indicators restore the control board status indication, and the status indication lasts for 7s. After the DCN availability indication and status indication are alternately displayed for 10 minutes, the STAT and PROG indicators no longer provide the DCN availability indication and only provide the status indication.
Table 12-2 Start status indicator combination for ATN 950B SN
Status
Indicator STAT
PROG
ACTC ACTX
1
The system control board is not powered on.
Off
Off
Off
2
The BIOS is being started.
Off
Green
Off
3
The BIOS is started, and guides and loads the board software.
Off
Blinking (green)
Off
4
The upper-layer software is being initialized.
Green
Green
Off
5
The upper-layer software initialization is complete, but the system control board is not running.
Green
Green
Off
6
The system control board is running.
Green
Green
Off/Green/ Blinking (green) a
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
313
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
SN
12 Quick Reference
Status
Indicator STAT
PROG
ACTC ACTX
NOTE a: When the system control board is running, the ACTC and ACTX indicators may be off, in green or blinking (green). When services are normal, the indicator is green. For other statuses of the indicator, see Description of the CXP Switching Status Indicator (ACTX) and Description of the CXP Control Status Indicator (ACTC). The STAT and PROG indicators provide the control board status indication as well as the DCN availability indication. By default, after the ATN is powered on and automatically goes online in DCN mode, The STAT and PROG indicators are both blinking green for 3s, indicating that the ATN has gone online. Then the STAT and PROG indicators restore the control board status indication, and the status indication lasts for 7s. After the DCN availability indication and status indication are alternately displayed for 10 minutes, the STAT and PROG indicators no longer provide the DCN availability indication and only provide the status indication.
NOTE
The STAT and ALM indicators on the ATN 910I and ATN 910B provide the system status indication as well as the DCN availability indication. By default, after the ATN is powered on and automatically goes online in DCN mode, The STAT and ALM indicators are both blinking green for 3s, indicating that the ATN has gone online. Then the STAT and ALM indicators restore the system status indication, and the status indication lasts for 7s. After the DCN availability indication and status indication are alternately displayed for 10 minutes, the STAT and ALM indicators no longer provide the DCN availability indication and only provide the status indication.
12.2 Dimensions and Weight This chapter lists the dimensions and weight of each board used for an ATN device. Table 12-3 provides the weight and dimensions of the boards for ATN 910. Table 12-3 ATN 910 board weight and dimensions Board
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
ANC2CXPI
1.08kg
20.3 mm x 226.0 mm x 388.4 mm 0.80 in. x 8.90 in. x 15.29 in.
ANC2CXPL
1.08kg
20.3 mm x 226.0 mm x 388.4 mm 0.80 in. x 8.90 in. x 15.29 in.
AND1EF8T
0.53 Kg (1.17 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EF8F
0.55 Kg (1.21 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
314
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Board
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
AND1EG2
0.52 Kg (1.15 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EG4F
0.50 Kg (1.10 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1ML1/AND1ML1A
0.56 Kg (1.23 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EG4T
0.50 Kg (1.10 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B
0.44 Kg (0.97 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B
0.49 Kg (1.08 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1MO1C
0.59 Kg (1.30 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1AVD8A AND1AVD8A
0.50 Kg (1.10 lb)
AND1SHD4
0.60 Kg (1.32 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in. 20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1SHD4I
0.6 Kg (1.32 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
TNC1PIU
0.12 Kg (0.26 lb)
41.4 mm x 224.8 mm x 21.0 mm 1.63 in. x 8.85 in. x 0.83 in.
ANC1FAN
0.12 Kg (0.26 lb)
42.0 mm x 217.6 mm x 28.5 mm 1.65 in. x 8.57 in. x 1.12 in.
Table 12-4 provides weight and dimensions of the boards for ATN 950B. Table 12-4 ATN 950B board weight and dimensions Board
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB
0.68 Kg (1.50 lb)
22.86 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.90 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND2CXPA/AND2CXPB/ AND2CXPE
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
0.68 Kg (1.50 lb)
22.86 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.90 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
315
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Board
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
AND1EM4T
0.44 Kg (0.97 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EM8T
0.46 Kg (1.01 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EX1
0.42 Kg (0.93 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EM4F
0.44 Kg (0.97 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1EM8F
0.46 Kg (1.01 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND2CQ1BAND2PQ1
0.47 Kg (1.04 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND1ML1/AND1ML1A
0.56 Kg (1.23 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B
0.44 Kg (0.97 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B
0.49 Kg (1.08 lb)
20.32 mm x 225.75 mm x 193.80 mm 0.80 in. x 8.89 in. x 7.63 in.
TND1PIU
0.12kg
41.4 mm x 229.9 mm x 21.0 mm 1.63 in. x 9.05 in. x 0.83 in.
AND1FAN
0.30kg
86.2 mm x 217.6 mm x 28.5 mm 3.39 in. x 8.57 in. x 1.12 in.
Table 12-5 provides the ATN 910I weight and dimensions. Table 12-5 ATN 910I weight and dimensions Model/ Silkscreen
Powe r Suppl y
Interface
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
ATN 910I AC
AC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)
ATN 910I-C AC
AC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E) +16E1
3 Kg (6.61 lb)
1U x 220 mm x 442 mm, 1U=44.45 mm (1.75 in.)
ATN 910I DC
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1U x 8.66 in. x 17.40 in.
316
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Model/ Silkscreen
ATN 910I-TC DC
Powe r Suppl y
Interface
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E) +16E1
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E) +16E1
12 Quick Reference
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
NOTE
ATN 910I boards are not swappable. Table 12-5 provides the weight and dimensions of an integrated ATN 910I chassis.
Table 12-6 provides the ATN 910B weight and dimensions. Table 12-6 ATN 910B weight and dimensions Model/ Silkscreen
Powe r Suppl y
Interface
Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W)
ATN 910B
DC
2x10GE(O)+8GE/FE(O)+8FE/GE(E) +16E1
3 Kg (6.61 lb)
1U x 220 mm x 442 mm, 1U=44.45 mm (1.75 in.)
ATN 910B
DC
2x10GE(O)+16GE/FE(O)+8FE/GE (E)
1U x 8.66 in. x 17.40 in.
NOTE
ATN 910B boards are not swappable. Table 12-6 provides the weight and dimensions of an integrated ATN 910B chassis.
12.3 Power Consumption This chapter lists the power consumption of each board used for ATN devices. Table 12-7 provides the power consumption of each board on ATN 910. Table 12-7 ATN 910 board power consumption
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Board
Power Consumption
ANC2CXPI
28.0 W
ANC2CXPL
29.5 W Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
317
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Board
Power Consumption
AND1EF8T
9.0 W
AND1EF8F
12.9 W
AND1EG2
6.1 W
AND1EG4F
13.2 W
AND1ML1/AND1ML1A
13.1 W
AND1EG4T
10.0 W
AND2ML1A/AND2ML1B
9.5 W
AND1MD1A/AND1MD1B
12.1 W
AND1MO1C
10.6 W
AND1AVD8A/AND1AVD8B
19.6 W
AND1SHD4
7.4 W
AND1SHD4I
7.5 W
TNC1PIU
0.5 W
ANC1FAN
l Low rate: 2.3 W l Medium rate: 6.1 W l High rate: 17 W
Table 12-8 provides the power consumption of each board on ATN 950B. Table 12-8 ATN 950B board power consumption
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Board
Power Consumption
AND1CXPA/AND1CXPB
27.3 W
AND21CXPA
23.6 W
AND21CXPB/AND21CXPE
28.5 W
AND1EM4T
10.4 W
AND1EM8T
21.1 W
AND1EX1
13.1 W
AND1EM4F
12.0 W
AND1EM8F
18.9 W
AND2CQ1BAND2PQ1
11.50 W
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
318
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Board
Power Consumption
AND1ML1/AND1ML1A
13.1 W
AND3ML1A/AND3ML1B
9.5 W
AND2MD1A/AND2MD1B
12.1 W
TND1PIU
0.5 W
AND1FAN
l Low rate: 4.1 W l Medium rate: 13.6 W l High rate: 30 W
Table 12-9 provides the power consumption of ATN 910I. Table 12-9 Power consumption Model/Silkscreen
Power Supply
Interface
Power Consumption
ATN 910I AC
AC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)
28.0 W
ATN 910I-C AC
AC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)+16E1
32.8 W
ATN 910I DC
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)
27.6 W
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)+16E1
32.5 W
DC
4GE(O)+4GE/FE(O)+4GE/FE(E)+16E1
32.2 W
ATN 910I-TC DC
NOTE
ATN 910I boards are not swappable. Table 12-9 provides the power consumption of an integrated ATN 910I chassis.
Table 12-10 provides the power consumption of ATN 910B. Table 12-10 ATN 910B power consumption Model/Silkscreen
Power Supply
Interface
Power Consumption
ATN 910B-A
DC
2x10GE(O)+8GE/FE(O)+8FE/GE(E)+16E1
52.1 W
ATN 910B-B
DC
2x10GE(O)+16GE/FE(O)+8FE/GE(E)
49.8 W
NOTE
ATN 910B boards are not swappable. Table 12-10 provides the power consumption of an integrated ATN 910B chassis.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
319
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
12.4 Interface Specifications This chapter presents the list of Interface Specifications. NOTE
An ATN device does not directly provide optical interfaces. Instead, it provides optical modules, which support optical interfaces. Therefore, the optical interface specifications actually refer to the specifications of interfaces on optical modules on an ATN device.
12.4.1 Specifications of STM-1 Optical Interfaces FE Optical Module (commercial) Table 12-11 Technical specifications of the FE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional) Item
Specification
Optical interface type
Two-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
(15 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-15 to -8
-5 to 0
-5 to 0
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-28
-34
-34
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-10
-10
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.2
10
10
Optical module code
S4015755
S4015715
34060282
Table 12-12 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
320
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Item
12 Quick Reference
Specification 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
STM-1
STM-1
(15 km)
(10 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -15 to -8 (dBm)
-15 to -8
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-32
-32
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-8
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.5
8.5
Optical module code
34060363
34060364
Usage description
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 12-12, 34060363 and 34060364 are used together.
FE Optical Module (industry) Table 12-13 Technical specifications of the FE optical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
Two-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
(15 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
321
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Item
Specification
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-15 to -8
-5 to 0
-5 to 0
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-28
-34
-34
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-10
-10
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.2
10
10
Optical module code
S4015755
S4015715
34060282
12.4.2 Specifications of FE Optical Interfaces FE Optical Module (commercial) Table 12-14 Technical specifications of the FE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
Two-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
(15 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-15 to -8
-5 to 0
-5 to 0
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-28
-34
-34
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-10
-10
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.2
10
10
Optical module code
S4015755
S4015715
34060282
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
322
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Table 12-15 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional) Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
STM-1
STM-1
(15 km)
(10 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -15 to -8 (dBm)
-15 to -8
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-32
-32
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-8
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.5
8.5
Optical module code
34060363
34060364
Usage description
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 12-15, 34060363 and 34060364 are used together.
FE Optical Module (industry) Table 12-16 Technical specifications of the FE optical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
Two-fiber bidirectional interface 100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
100BASE-FX
(15 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
323
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Item
Specification
Working wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-15 to -8
-5 to 0
-5 to 0
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-28
-34
-34
Minimum overload (dBm)
-8
-10
-10
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8.2
10
10
Optical module code
S4015755
S4015715
34060282
12.4.3 Specifications of GE Optical Interfaces FE/GE Optical Module (commercial) Table 12-17 Technical specifications of the FE/GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASE-BX40-U
1000BASE-BX40-D
(40 km)
(40 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1580
Rx: 1480 to 1580
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -3 to 2 (dBm)
-3 to 2
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-24
-24
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
8
8
Optical module code
34060638
34060639
Usage description
Used together.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
324
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 12-17, 34060638 and 34060639 are used together.
GE Optical Module (commercial) Table 12-18 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, two-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASESX
1000BASELX
1000BASEVX
1000BASEZX
1000BASECWDM
(0.5 km)
(10 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulatio n type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Multi-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
770 to 860
1270 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
For details, see wavelength allocation of 1000BASECWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-9.5 to 0
-11 to -3
-5 to 0
-2 to 5
0 to 5
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-17
-19
-23
-23
-28
Minimum overload (dBm)
0
-3
-3
-3
-9
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
9
9
9
9
8.2
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
325
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Item
Specification
Optical module code
34060286
34060473
S4016954
34060360
For details, see wavelength allocation of 1000BASECWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Table 12-19 Wavelength allocation of 1000BASE-CWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
1
34060483
1464.5 to 1477.5
5
34060478
1544.5 to 1557.5
2
34060481
1484.5 to 1497.5
6
34060476
1564.5 to 1577.5
3
34060479
1504.5 to 1517.5
7
34060477
1584.5 to 1597.5
4
34060482
1524.5 to 1537.5
8
34060480
1604.5 to 1617.5
Table 12-20 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional) Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASEBX10-U
1000BASEBX10-D
1000BASEBX40-U
1000BASEBX40-D
1000BASEBX
1000BASEBX
(10 km)
(10 km)
(40 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
326
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Item
Specification
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-9 to -3
-9 to -3
-3 to 5
-3 to 5
-2 to 4
-2 to 4
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
-26
-26
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
6
6
6
6
9
9
Optical module code
34060470
34060475
34060539
34060540
34060595
34060596
Usage description
Used together.
Used together.
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 12-20, 34060470 and 34060475 are used together, 34060595 and 34060596 are used together, and 34060539 and 34060540 are used together.
GE Optical Module (industry) Table 12-21 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (two-fiber bidirectional)
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, two-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASE-LX
1000BASE-VX
1000BASE-ZX
(10 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
1280 to 1350
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-11 to -3
-5 to 3
-2 to 5
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
327
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Item
Specification
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
–19
–23
–23
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
9
9
9
Optical module code
34060290
34060320
34060324
Table 12-22 Technical specifications of the GE optical interface (single-fiber bidirectional) Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, single-fiber bidirectional interface 1000BASE-BX10-U
1000BASE-BX10-D
(10 km)
(10 km)
Encapsulation type
eSFP
eSFP
Fiber type
Single-mode
Single-mode
Working wavelength range (nm)
Tx: 1260 to 1360
Tx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1480 to 1500
Rx: 1260 to 1360
Mean launched optical power -9 to -3 (dBm)
-9 to -3
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-19.5
-19.5
Minimum overload (dBm)
-3
-3
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
6
6
Optical module code
34060644
34060676
Usage description
Used together.
NOTE
A single-fiber bidirectional module receives and transmits optical signals using different working wavelength ranges over a single optical fiber. The receiving and transmitting working wavelength ranges of single-fiber bidirectional modules at both ends must match. As shown in Table 12-22, 34060644 and 34060676 are used together.
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
328
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
12.4.4 Specifications of 10GE Optical Interfaces 10GE Optical Module (commercial) Table 12-23 Technical specifications of the 10GE optical interface
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Item
Specification
Optical interface type
LC, two-fiber bidirectional interface 10GE
10GE
10GE
(10 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
10GE (CWDM)
10GE (DWDM)
10GE (DWDM)
(70 km)
(40 km)
(80 km)
Encapsulat ion type
XFP
XFP
XFP
XFP
TXFP
XFP
Fiber type
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Singlemode
Working wavelengt h range (nm)
1310
1550
1550
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (CWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
1529.163 to 1560.606 (waveleng th tunable)
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (DWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-6 to -1
-1 to 2
0 to 4
0 to 4
-1 to 2
-1 to 3
Receiving sensitivity (dBm)
-14.4
-15
-24
-24
-16
-24
Minimum overload (dBm)
0.5
-1
-7
-9
0
-9
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
6
8.2
9
8
10.5
8.2
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
329
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
Item
Specification
Optical module code
S4015772
S4015776
12 Quick Reference
S4015794
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (CWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
34060568
For details, see wavelengt h allocation of 10GE (DWDM) optical interfaces and related optical module code.
Table 12-24 Wavelength allocation of 1000BASE-CWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
1
34060547
1471
5
34060551
1551
2
34060548
1491
6
34060552
1571
3
34060549
1511
7
34060553
1591
4
34060550
1531
8
34060554
1611
Table 12-25 Wavelength allocation of 1000BASE-DWDM optical interfaces and related optical module code
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
1
34060532
1529.55
9
34060531
1548.51
2
34060515
1530.33
10
34060514
1549.32
3
34060504
1531.12
11
34060502
1550.12
4
34060503
1531.90
12
34060501
1550.92
5
34060534
1532.68
13
34060533
1551.72
6
34060628
1533.47
14
34060625
1552.52
7
34060627
1534.25
15
34060624
1553.33
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
330
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
SN
Optical module code
Wavelength (nm)
8
34060626
1535.04
16
34060623
1554.13
12.4.5 Specifications of GE and FE Electrical Interfaces An ATN device supports GE and FE electrical interfaces. This section provides specifications of GE and FE electrical interfaces for quick reference. Table 12-26 and Table 12-27 list specifications of GE and FE electrical interfaces, respectively. Table 12-26 Specifications of the GE electrical interface Item
Specifications
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface
Complies with IEEE 802.3.
Table 12-27 Specifications of the FE electrical interface Item
Specifications
Interface rate
10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s.
RJ-45 electrical interface
Complies with IEEE 802.3.
12.4.6 Specifications of E1 Electrical Interfaces Table 12-28 lists the specifications of the E1 interfaces. Table 12-28 Specifications of E1 interfaces Item
Specification
Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)
2048
Interface impedance
75 ohms 120 ohms
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Interface code
HDB3
Pulse waveform at the output interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Attenuation tolerance of the input interface at the point with a frequency of 1024 kHz (dB)
0 to 6
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
331
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Item
Specification
Anti-interference capability of the input interface
Complies with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Complies with ITU-T G.823
Output jitter
Complies with ITU-T G.823
12.4.7 Specifications of T1 Electrical Interfaces Table 12-29 lists the interface specifications of the T1. Table 12-29 Interface specifications of the T1 Item
Specification
Nominal bit rate
1544 kbit/s
Interface impedance
100 ohm
Code
B8ZS
Pulse shape at output port
Compliant with ITU-T G.703
Anti-interference capability of input port
Compliant with ITU-T G.703
Input jitter tolerance
Compliant with ITU-T G.824
Output jitter
Compliant with ITU-T G.824
12.4.8 Specifications of the ADSL2+ Interface Table 12-30 lists the specifications of the ADSL2+ interface. Table 12-30 Specifications of the ADSL2+ interfaces Interface
Max. Uplink Rate
Max. Downlink Rate
Max. Transmission Distance
ADSL2+
2.5 Mbit/s
24 Mbit/s
6.5 km
12.4.9 Specifications of the VDSL2 Interface Table 12-31 lists the specifications of the ADSL2+ interface. Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
332
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
12 Quick Reference
Table 12-31 Specifications of the VDSL2 interfaces Interface
Max. Uplink Rate
Max. Downlink Rate
Max. Transmission Distance
VDSL2
50 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
3.5 km
12.4.10 Specifications of the G.SHDSL Interface Table 12-32 and Table 12-33 list the specifications of the G.SHDSL interface. Table 12-32 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4 Interface
Max. Upstream Rate
Max. Downstream Rate
Max. Four-Line Bundling Rate
Max. Transmission Distance
G.SHDSL
5.7 Mbit/s
5.7 Mbit/s
23 Mbit/s
5.25 km
Table 12-33 Specifications of the interfaces on the AND1SHD4I
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
Interface
Max. Upstream Rate (Mbit/s)
Max. Downstream Rate (Mbit/s)
Max. Rate of Four Bundled Interfaces (Mbit/s)
Max. Transmission Distance (km)
G.SHDSL
2.3
2.3
9.2
5.25
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
333
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
A
A Acronyms and Abbreviations
Acronyms and Abbreviations
A AC
Alternating Current
ADSL
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
ADSL2+
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line 2 Plus
APS
Automatic Protection Switching
ATM
Asynchronous Transfer Mode
B BFD
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
BITS
Building Integrated Timing Supply
C CAR
Committed Access Rate
CBR
Constant Bit Rate
CC
Continuity Check
CES
Circuit Emulation Service
D
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
DC
Direct Current
DCN
Data Communication Network
DDF
Digital Distribution Frame
DIP
Dual In-line Package
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
334
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
A Acronyms and Abbreviations
E EFM
Ethernet in the First Mile
ESD
ElectroStatic Discharge
eSFP
Enhanced Small Form-factor Pluggable
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
F FE
Fast Ethernet
G GE
Gigabit Ethernet
GND
Ground
GRE
Generic Routing Encapsulation
H HDB3
High Density Bipolar of order 3 code
I IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IMA
Inverse Multiplexing over ATM
IMB
Indoor Mini Box
IP
Internet Protocol
ITU-T
International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication standardization sector
L L3VPN
Layer 3 Virtual Private Network
M
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
MLPPP
Multi-Link Point-to-Point Protocol
MPLS
MultiProtocol Label Switching
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
335
ATN 910&910I&910B&950B Multi-Service Access Equipment Hardware Description
A Acronyms and Abbreviations
N NCP
Network Control Protocol
NNI
Network Node Interface
NQA
Network Quality Analysis
NTP
Network Time Protocol
O OAM
Operation, Administration and Maintenance
ODF
Optical Distribution Frame
P PW
Pseudo Wire
PWE3
Pseudo Wire Emulation Edge-to-Edge
R rt-VBR
real-time Variable Bit Rate
S SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SFP
Small Form-factor Pluggable
SHDSL
Single-pair High-speed Digital Subscriber Line
STM-1
Synchronous Transport Module level 1
U UBR
Unspecified Bit Rate
UBR+
Unspecified Bit Rate plus
UNI
User Network Interface
X xDSL
Issue 01 (2013-10-31)
x Digital Subscriber Line
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
336
